<> ahs — Sa ees PSS Ae eee ~~ Ss = Sa stele? #50 nah : ?. See pucoea se 4090 7) Tr * be ete Me aca Th Bi Cu | ad) ey ame ay 7 er BY ie! la - oe: ore ‘ ; ath ; aon req ed : =A - ek i - ~ et a d a al 7 ; = ‘ r iy 4 P- oo a, 4 * ha? en a ; : = >| PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR Tear \ gt? ae SS Cora ae Kale PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON : MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW. Ee eb OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1888. COUNCIL. (Elected April 30, 1888.) Proressor W. H. Frower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President. Dr. Joun ANDERSON, F.R.S. Witt1ram T. Branrorp, KEsq., F.R.S. Masor-Gen. Henry Crerx, R.A., F.R.S. Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T'rea- surer. Str JosepoH Farrer, K.C.S.L., F.R.S., Vice-President. Joun P. Gasstor, Esq. F. Du Caner Gopmay, Esq., F.R.S. Cot. James A. Grant, C.B.,C.8.L., E.R.S. De ALC. i. 'G.. Gurnaur, F.R.S., Vice-President. LLD., Dr. Enwarp Hamitron, Vice- President. KE. W. H. Hotpsworrn, Esq. Joun W. Hutxe, Esq., F.R.S. Dr. Sr. Groner Mivart, F.R.S., Vice-President. Proresson ALFRED NEWTON, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. Osprrt Satvin, Esq., F.R.S. Howarp Saunpers, Hsq., F.L.S. Pure Luriey Scrarer, Esq., M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Josern Travers Surry, Esq. Surcron-Gen. L. C. Srewarr. Tue Lorp Watsinenam, F.R.S., Vice-President. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector. Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. F. H. Warernovuse, Librarian. Mr. Joon Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. J. Witttrams, Chief Clerk. LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page Bates, H. W., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. On a Collection of Coleoptera from Korea (Tribes Geode- phaga, Lamellicornia, and Longicornia) made by Mr. J. H. DEI OE EDS... 5 Oe ahetata a Sls hod aoe, was weed ite ta ah ihe oan 367 On some new Species of Coleoptera from Kiu-Kiang, IE te ein) ncn (hiss p Aosta alersie and eR eels vigil as Weslaco en GEO BEpDDARD, FRANK E., M.A.,, F.R.S.E., F.G.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. On certain points in the Visceral Anatomy of the Lacer- Mra marticalariy ot Mowitor. 3.4.90 2200. Pad No 5 held eiSlte 98 Observations upon an Annelid of the Genus olosoma. EG eects Ae ohare Re Bei> o ryeiiaip ie sainieeienie one Boa 213 Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Birds.—No. II. On the Respiratory Organs in certain Diving Birds .......... 252 On certain Points in the Visceral Anatomy ot Baleniceps hea, hearing npon, its Afimities (yee. ciate. Al) 284 Note on the Sternal Gland of Didelphys dimidiata .... 353 Note on a. mewGrer atin’ oie eich enrich nals ha « * 355 On certain Points in the Structure of Clitellio (Claparéde). Ses PROMNi. O i aie He tote le Cdithona ol Ake ale ee neta Ae a2 lv Page Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, three specimens of a dane Penmmtalidl — o..62 sis: Greet peis ss is o's te moans oles 267 Descriptions of Four new Species of Ophiurids. (Plate DOVES) si. j-4 f aay ae 2 oe creams of eee pcan ame 281 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Cerianthus membranaceus in its tube ...-.. 0. . «ss a's+ ss sae 0 ie an eeu Report on a Collection of Echinoderms made at Tuticorin, Madras, by Mr. Edgar Thurston, C.M.Z.S., Superintendent, Government Ceutral Museum, Madras ................ 383 Bou.encer, G. A., F.Z.S. Third Contribution to the Herpetology of the Solomon Debits S202 SE a Bas ae clot Meats «eee ncaa eee Note on the Classification of the Rantde ............ 204 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the type specimen of a new Marsupial Tree-Frog (Nototrema fissipes) from Per- DUMMTOMEG is Mc. score rvs so oc eee io Bae eee atone sae 219 Description of a new Land-Tortoise from South Africa, from Specimens living in the Society's Gardens. (Plate Pe LV is) a hier. | aaliels oh cd. "\e Ub ee eee aeelore iste Dee 251 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a new Genus of Snakes, AZEMRODS FOE oo. 6 Sasi wie bn i te ae Pee 0 = ae ee 266 On the Scaling of the Reproduced Tail in Lizards ...... 351 On the Reptiles of Christmas Island........ eh Seite sf 534 Butuer, Arruur G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. On the Lepidoptera received from Dr. Emin Pasha .... 56 ¥ Page Descriptions of some new Lepidoptera from Kilima- ETO OS. BS TY POR ES OF OY. SEV Pat, 20. HOV OL On the Lepidoptera of Christmas Island.............. 542 CAMPBELL, F. M., F.Z.S. © Exhibition of a pair of Pallas’s Sand-Grouse, and remarks on the numerous recent occurrences of this bird in Western PCL ee re ee ea ae een eee et ee el CocKkERELt, T. D. A. Letter from, containing remarks on Atavism .......... 219 Coutett, Professor Rosert, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a nest, eggs, and two young ones in down of PREP UME AOU: (5 cians ict Patel ed celine weet teen cum ated e'slete es. OIL Cores, E. C. Letter from, asking for assistance in studying the question of Economic Entomology in India .............. 2.2.5. 266 Daty, D. D., Assistant Resident, British North Borneo. On the Caves containing Edible Birds’-nests in British Norte Dornea Say teres oa eters ete ee eee, OILS IOS Davies, A. M., Assoc. Normal School of Science, S. Kensing- ton; and Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal School of Science and R. School of Mines, S. Kensington. Observations upon the Morphology and Genesis of Super- numerary Phalanges, with especial reference to those of the miaphibia, Celts, KRU. we RY JE A eee PLA YR 9S Day, Francis, C.LE., F.LS., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Spanish Loach (Cobitis tenia) and of some hybrid Sai- NAN OHIVCL CO A Scribe aoe abel PEER ORE ciao ea ele loa alee wa « Observations on the Fishes of India.—Part I........... 258 vi Dresser, H. E., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an example of a new Species of Shrike (Lanius raddei) from the Transcaspian WSU RICE ere eyed citis. aeveoseyaye%enss Sides a talyur et etsy evevetachane eaererey one Druce, Hersert, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e. List of Lepidoptera Heterocera collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford at Suva, Viti Levu, Fiji Islands, with the De- scriptions of some new Species. (Plate XIII.) .......... List of the Lepidoptera Heterocera, with Descriptions of the new Species, collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford at Aola, Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Islands. (Plate XXIX.).... Drummonp-Hay, Lt.-Col. H. M., C.M.Z.8. Exhibition of a specimen of the Desert Wheatear (Saai- cola deserti) killed in Scotland ........... svi deeded Emin Pasua, Dr., C.M.Z.S. Letter from, concerning the despatch of Natural History Objects... A KA obo Me ore) PRI PRIS ee eee Frowrr, WittiAM Henry, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President of the Society. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Japan- ese Domestic Cock with elongated upper tail-coverts ...... Fowter, G. Hersert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant to the Jodrell Professor of Zoology, University College, London. On a new Pennatula from the Bahamas. (Plate VI.) Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., M.A., F.Z.S., Strickland Curator and Lecturer on the Advanced Morphology of Vertebrata in the University of Cambridge. Remarks on the Numbers and on the Phylogenetic Deve- lopment of the Remiges of Birds .. Page 291 219 140 248 135 655 vil Page Gauan, C. J., M.A. On the Coleoptera of Christmas Island .............. 538 Gopwin-AusTen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. On some Land-Mollusks from Burmah, with Descriptions of some new Species.—-Part I. ...... 0... cee ee ee ence ee 240 Grant, W. R. Oeitvir, F.Z.S. Second List of the Birds collected by Mr. C. M. Wood- ford in the Solomon Archipelago. (Plate X.) .......... 185 Ginrner, ALBERT, C.L.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians sent by Emin Pasha from Monbuttu, Upper Congo .......... 50 Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal School of Science and Royal School of Mines, S. Kensington. Note on the Azygos Veins in the Anurous Amphibia .. 122 Notes on the Gular Brood-pouch of Rhinoderma RUAYSORENE es 0 Ast ke ett og Kole aciernea dora e lanl eres «ew nate. se 231 Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal School of Science and Royal School of Mines, (South Kensington), and Davies, A. M., Assoc. N.S.S. Observations upon the Morphology and Genesis of Super- numerary Phalanges, with especial reference to those of the Amphibia. (Plates XXIV. & XXV.).....-.... .000---- 495 Howes, G. B., F.Z.8., F.L.S., &c., and Ripewoop, W. On the Carpus and Tarsus of the Anura. (Plates VII.- 7x) viii Page Hutxg, J. W., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of the Mesosuchia, based on Fossil Remains from the Clays near Peterborough in the Collection of A. Leeds, Esq. (Plates XVIII. Irpy, Col. L. H., F.Z.S. Exhibition, on behalf of Lord Lilford, of a specimen of Aquila rapax from Southern Spain .................... 248 Jacosy, Marttn, F.E.S. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera froiy-omkiaiie (CHG) oes ese she cic alte eden 339 Kirsy, W. F., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. On the Insects (exclusive of Coleoptera and Lepidoptera) On AO Raristrias, UStaN i o on is. = 5. 0h iceman eee eh ee Layarp, E. L., F.Z.S., &e. Extract from a letter concerning the distribution of some Land-Shells of the genus Stenogyra .... 6.0... .+se eee 358 Leecu, J. H., B.A., F.R.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., &. On the Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea.—Part II. Heterocera, Sect, I. (Plates XXX.-XXXII.) .......... 580 Laster, J. J., M.A., F.Z.S. On the Natural History of Christmas Island, in the Indian Ocean. (Plates XXVI. & KXVEL.)IS TI ale ei. cee 512 Lover, Sir E. G., F.Z.S8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a very large tusk of an Aitricniiile phamtetgg fs / 6s om.c sess pe aie pee oe bie wees ee ix Lussock, Sir Joun, Bart., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. Extracts from a letter, addressed to him by Mr. George A. Treadwell, concerning a fatal case of poisoning from the bite of Heloderma suspectum .....- sere ee eecces = Paine 266 Page Moors, Freperic, F.Z.S. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera, collected by Rev. J. H. Hocking, chiefly in the Kanera’ District, N.W. Himalaya 20008. 0.2 5.2 Se 390 Parker, W. Newron, F.Z.S., Professor of Biology in the University College of S. Wales and Monmouthshire. On the Poison-Organs of Trachinus. (Plate XVII.).... 359 Pocock, R. I., Assistant Natural History Museum. On the Arachnida, Myriopoda, and Land-Crustacea of @hrishiuitas ‘Uslaridigess ts -ests atecre.e, elcrerneee ene ee ee oad ase 556 RipEewoop, W., and Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., &e. On the Carpus and Tarsus of the Anura. (Plates VII.- es aes salnt anes a's Jars senarins raledgeaeshaa ebhun agi Bret eats, Saw ate 141 Savin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S. A Note on Ornithoptera victoria, Gray. (Plate IV.) .. 116 Saunpers, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the American Green-winged Teal shot in Devon ... ........ 469 SciatTer, Pure Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1887, and List of Specimens of the Genus Canis 1 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in sernby LGSGs esi ses © SER OA a. ee 87 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in PME NOOS. +. . coins «3 een + ss Shinn ceed. 2h 140 x Page Exhibition, on behalf of Lt.-Col. H. M. Drummond-Hay, C.M.Z.S., of a specimen of the Desert Wheatear (Savxicola deserti) killed in Scotland ..........--. eeseseeeeereee ce 140 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in BT ee BSS. icc os wis eaten wile os de Ghee ee ae ee Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in PPT IR UA ccc ore clalaic cane hied ope ans pv a, ph mcin, we a ee Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Weegee eS a Seek)... che eens a 291 Exhibition, on the part of Mr. F. M. Campbell, F.Z.S., of a pair of Pallas’s Sand-Grouse, and remarks on the numerous recent occurrences of this bird in Western Europe ........ 291 Exhibition, on behalf of Prof. R. Collett, C.M.Z.S., of a nest, eggs, and two young ones in down of the Ivory Gil Save coe ere wuste "el siete sc. ate cine Shs MEPIS aie ecece cose 291 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, July, August, September, and October, 1888 ........... 413 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in BFOVEMBCELLB BD. o pins aic'e » sis oem eee kee cee ee 964 Srersoum, Henry, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Pheasants from Mongolia, Thibet, and China .. ......2c000. sons ss Op Exhibition of, and remarks upon, examples of Phasianus shawi from the valley of the Tarim River, and an example of P. tarimensis frou Lob-Nor clu. 7. ssa 2b esis ol seve 415 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of /% anellus gregartux, shot in Lancashife ..). occ. = + ass pee 416 Suarpe, R. Bowpter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum. On a new Species of Elainea from the Island of Fernando IN OP OBI 2 inna 5695 G 0 pig cies Sarees eae ae ee nn eee 107 Descriptions of some new Species of Birds from the Island of Guadalcanar in the Solomon Archipelago, discovered by Dat. CME WUGMtOrd cree cate Ca ie se ce veneer e 182 xi Page Note on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds.— No. 6. On some Species of the Genus Digenea .......... 246 List of a Collection of Birds made by Mr. L. Wray in the main Range of Mountains of the Malay Peninsula, Perak. GE LAGEL MVS) Te, arihireia sais, state dls ahie MTT. Die .gte ste) alaial 268 SHELLEY, Capt. G. E., F.Z.S. On a Collection of Birds made by Emin Pasha in Equa- Siti Atrida. + (Plate: TEE) iar.: abil ehets terinienn git alia! s aia 17 Smirag, Epear A., F.Z.S. On the Shells of the Albert Nyanza, Central Africa, obtained by Dr. Emin Pasha .......-.. eee eee e eee eee 52 On the Terrestrial Mollusks of Christmas Island........ 536 Sowersy, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S. Descriptions of sixteen new Species of Shells. (Plate XI.) 207 Description of a Gigantic new Species of 141 IX. Carpus and Tarsus of Bufonide, Cystignathide, and | EAE UO SE OMEUINAIE A retetecle teal n nectar ef ato shone Sa a 616 X. Figs. 1, 2. Nasiterna aole (1 bd, 2 Q)....0..ee0e. ! 185 Fig. 3. Myzomela sharpest, ..... ses oes seccesecss Bly New Seis Ue tararrenon te pieg tte colic as ae vis cide we 207 PRED AOLOLONME EMHECUT oo noe 5 caigte bis oak vows ove eo 213 PELE SS Heleracena apm Bains tiie se Co acens sx ss see 219 SDV ier LEDs CMRP ER oo roe su guid Sebieige's Hnie eee 251 DEW et S CPAGTAE MOS TOTAUD Neth c he or ston access os! w.cee sae 268 FONTS CINGwitimmranten Satan. adios cuca eda eeace dens é 281 XVII. Poison-Organs of Trachinus ........cccecececeeees 359 Taxis Fossil Crocodilia .......... oe Se Ee Cee 417 XX. Fig. 1. Pteropus woodfordi. Fig. 2. P. coronatus. Big... Elevalopen Ginilie. tis oni +s cae » tee ass ym e 470 XXI. Fig. 1. Pteropus woodfordi. Figs. 2, 3. P. coronatus. Figs. 4-/- Péeraloped dirata 002s .h eaves einsanss 470 XXII. Fig. 1. Anthops ornatus. Figs. 2, 3. Mus imperator. Figs. 4,5. Mus rez. Fig.6. Mus pretor ........ 470 Pee UEE Anatomy of, CHeMIOy ss. san ce uts os iss ocoeeae o 485 ——————————— xvi Plate Page XXIV. s my XXV. Supernumerary phalanx and syndesmoses in Amphibia. . 495 XXVI. Map of Christmas Island........ 6... s0eeeeeeseeee 512 XXVII. Zosterops natalis ..... see cece eee cece een e renee 512 OO UE. NG ache Rae a Ni Be ene ga Gocintm gan ce oo : 565 XXIX. New Lepidoptera Heterocera ......+++++++00+se000s 570 XXX. XXXI. Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea......-.++.-+ssseee- 580 XXXII LIST OF WOODCUTS. 1888. Page BENET LG LUNECUIECEC = 6. ais/ ey stasis aie) <¥e ora) es s ste) oun laleiayeNarel «cece eis) e sel stahenenare 53 CIEOD CUO CMUNG ove nmrei ai + - valapslei the «= eltisiee clepicr aie ns yoo Veet +t ® 54 DER ELRNUEE, QUENT ain in) oles) eolo)«, Vala} dya)e)=\ 2/4) s)s'a) at slegersVereqslo isle aisragacs| 55 Diagrammatic section through body of Lacerta .............+++-- 100 Diagrammatic section of Monitor .......+.+. eee e eee cece eees 101 Diagrammatic section through the body of a Crocodile.......-.... 101 Liver, bile-ducts, &c. of Varanus salvator ..........0-++2-eeeees 105 The venous system of an adult of Rana temporaria ............+- 124 Pelvic cartilage of Cyclobatis oligodactylus .....+0.eesseeeceeeeee 128 A young leaf showing the triangular shape, the dorsal row of immature autozooids, and the ventral row of siphonozooids in Pennatula Delica May. ce atevateays\era ole 6 ese SOW GES tubes ree tidak Bert tie 136 Transverse section through an immature autozooid in Pennatula GUESS GA ASA AO SOD BOG ABO. 0.08 BUDD Orr OaOmIBIO, oIIor a Eire 137 Fusiform spicule, distributed over the feather and rachis in Pennatula (EAT EDP oman NED BO Oa b CnOd DONO. cdiod TO. spua neo Lemania: 139 Dumbbell-shaped spicules from the bulbous swelling of the stalk in Perce Ui OE ULB SUITE a els) )p) alota ete tstayel foi lela) elviel=s i+) eesti e ¢) > -)ale1s 139 The pre-hallux of opposite sides in Hyla Uichenaks Peer ara. eras 15) Left fore foot, dorsal view, of Rana temporaria..........++-+005 174 Left hind Boot dorsal view, of Rana temporaria ......6+. see eens 176 Finger of Rhacophorus mavimus . 2... e cece cette eee eee 206 Finger of Rana afghand.... 0.1... cece cee cane nent cece ee eees 206 Gular sac of Rhinoderma darwint....... 00. c eee c cece rece eeee 232 Gular sac of Rhinoderma darwint, opened up to display its contents. 233 Gular sac of Rhinoderma darwini, dissection to show the intestine ail GCies bach co gala Aegean ao son sb add Sou bn moon Oop U ged 234 The floor of the mouth of Rhinoderma darwint .......6..6 000 es 235 Longitudinal section of Rhinoderma darwini, entire ........-..... 236 Smal ChirwrOmys fOPUCEE . ov ctaidieatin josie ss 0 tee scenes seus ae, SEO Left upper and left lower molars of Chiruromys forbest............ 239 Dorsal view of middle and tip of tail of Chirwromys forbesi, to show epalgo ieule a usalksshogmeannooochban] suuO ee Odet me oCN gO UFOS 239 Dissection of Fratercula arctica, to illustrate disposition of oblique SH Bo Pa aod naaos4 000 Noobs o> neon ON DOO ORO SEDO ROO ea Diagrammatic transverse section through abdominal region of Emu, to illustrate the oblique septum ..........eee eet etree renee 257 Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1888. b XVili Page Syrinx of Baleniceps ren—front View 16.1... e reece tenet tenes 286 Syrinx of Baleniceps rex—posterior surface «16-5. +s seeeee ee eee 286 Syrinx of Baleniceps rev—lateral VieW 1... eee ee eee ete ee eee ees 287 Syrinx of Baleniceps rex, to display the pessulus and membrana tympaniformis ......... 0s eee eee cence eee ec eesenesenenes 287 Tails of Gymnophthalmus quadrilineatus and Ophisaurus gracilis, with reproduced terminal portion ............eee sees e cece eee eee 352 Didelphys dimidiata, Ventral view of head and neck, to show sternal gland..... et, CEN a MT arA RNR ORT AS oc io aaceens cae 354 Didelphys dimidiata, Sternal gland ..........+.+-. banoom made sc 354 Gregarine from body-cavity of Pericheta nove-xelandi@ .......... 357 Trachinus draco. External view of the left opercular bone and its SUC a gcosibss ie nse eaten «910 imei brnles SS aOR ele enna le ne 362 Trachinus draco. Side view of the third dorsal spine ............ 362 Scapula of Metriorhynchus......11-ceereveecer crews ececscceees 428 Coracoid of Metriorhynchus ...+....00es SE pees slousteiel cistetoke hears 428 Cervical vertebrae of Steneosauy'us ... 0. ses errecneseeecrsrscceeee 454 Trunk vertebra of Stencosaurus ..csseeseeeenves SOAS ots Sa 435 Caudal vertebra of Stencosaurus ....6eeeeenceees inca, etc ste ey dopetees 435 Anterior view of first sacral vertebra of Steneosaurus ...........- 435 Head of Haliaetus branichit .......45. JHooT CUR AeeD OB s hae oe 452 label Ale ial iad, ab bale tan Abo ndoe = Godoase ag eoadeo nds epinsh SOE Anterior seements of Hemitubifex ater (Cltat ater, Clap.) ...... 486 Genital segments of Clitellio arenarius.......++++- rote aciacke Retenene 49] (Dia PLOPSKENEN IU PIES: tara ei-|»\ =) olevelaha «1 -1eayoreneareys Foetal Senet Bho Sh 557 Cylindrodesmus hirsutus oi... scev ee ceanes SOO Oe 46 is "aipvehcese ..+. 509 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1888. (PLATES,) PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON : MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW. Py meat t f Weel as) wea > 6 1, * . \ J Pen... Wirt ATS ‘ Lag ap Lis? OF PLATES: 1888. Plate Page I. Anomalurus pusillus ... 1... 0600 cece ee tee eee 4 Il; \ Dendrohyrag emipi oo... 4 5.5 on Wane cues ve wes | DU Unde ctor: ematnisransel ane re ciate sicteh tes ele cleye © lo fn ches Mlnysiia/s\ sim ahs 17 IV. Ornithoptera victoria ... 1.0... eee eevee eee eee eees 116 Wall OR OS nM RAD eee deco ntee Seda gogacun ee sun -ue 130 | Wide) sckeenmirtinhces DEUS Stn air sirietolalslere lo} cio) elole)a) el=ieie) efeta steeds « 135 ; VII. Carpus and Tarsus of Aglossa and Discoglosside. .. > - VIII. Carpus and Tarsus of Pelobatide, Hylide, and Bufo- | : Mien (Pseudophnymen ria attr -)a\abelay- olor «feta| stated (= r 141 } IX. Carpus and Tarsus of Bufonide, Cystignathide, and | ENG YStOMALAE Hr siecle iste aie ote ware lel ele ele iets el= se y 7 X. Figs. 1,2. Nasiterna aole (1 5,2 9).4........-- 185 Fig. 3. Myzomela sharpet...... 100 cece eee ceeeees XI. New Shells ......... Hee erat ROVERS SERN CCUM iO RRRS 207 Nie A OlosoMi heaGleyEn Sane + ciclo cre iey cic' ws eee a 2i- oer 213 XIII. Heterocera from Fiji..........2.-.. cee cree ere eee 219 XIV. Homopus femoralis ..........2..ccsecse once eenene 251 VF) PEricrocorus WHAYh aes «see ne nee nnn ot chen woe 268 XVI. New Ophiurotdea ...... 0. cece cess cee cece neces 281 XVII. Poison-Organs of Trachinus ....... 06. ceee eee eeees 359 ah MossAChOCHMT Ee) OE SLO nee Sie one vale fe era stare 417 XX. Fig. 1. Pteropus woodfordi. Fig. 2. P. coronatus. Fig. 3. Pleraloper atrata ..00..0.+eseetecreees 47 XXI. Fig. 1. Pteropus woodfordi. Figs. 2, 3. P. coronatus. Figs. 4-7. Pteralopex atrata .......0.0-eeeeeeees 470 XXII. Fig. 1. Anthops ornatus. Figs. 2, 3. Mus wnperator. Figs. 4,5. Mus rex. Fig. 6. Mus pretor ........ 470 XXIII. Anatomy of Clitellio oi. cce ee cece eee e cece eens 485 Plate Page XXIV. ‘ a XXV. Supernumerary phalanx and syndesmoses in Amphibia... 495 RXV Maprol Christmas Island). cstee ce) oo «olivier «le selenete 512 ERONGVILN ny ASTER ONS) TEALCELES ala wisi o\s\eyi ols) sjol eis aie! siniaval nie cl svelenetyetaye 512 PRENGV IMM Momma SHELLS: feccaterarssa’= 2/sisieic15. lm cties sim osteo cies eee 565 XXIX. New Lepidoptera Helerocera .........--.+e.seceeee 570 XXX. XXXI. Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea........6+..eueeeeee 580 XXXII. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. January 17, 1888. Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1887 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of December was 35, of which 17 were by presentation, 2 by birth, 2 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 12 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 117. Amongst these I may call attention to a small Fox from Afghanistan, presented by Lieut.-Col. Sir Oliver B. C. St. John, K.C.S.L., F.Z.S., which should probably be referred to the species shortly noticed by Blyth (Journal As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxiii. p. 730, 1884) as Vulpes grifithi. It is, however, as Mr. Blanford informs me, somewhat doubtful whether the species is really distinct from Vulpes leucopus (Blyth), the small Desert-Fox of Western India. This specimen has been lodged in the New Wolves’ and Foxes’ Dens lately finished, to which I wish to call special attention, as this is the first occasion on which our specimens of the genus Canis have been arranged in a connected series. I add a list of the speci- mens now living in the collection :— List of Specimens of the Genus Canis now living in the Society’s a Gardens. 1, 2. Canis lupus, 6 2. Received in exchange, Dec. 5, 1887. 3. Canis lupus, 6. Presented by C. 8. Hardy, Esq., Dec. 14, 1887. This is a large animal of unknown origin, and may possibly be referable to Canis occidentalis of North America. Proc. Zoot. Soc.— 1888, 2 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Jan. 17, 4. Canis niger, §. Received in exchange from the Zool. Gardens, Calcutta, May 5, 1883, to which institution it was presented by Major Fred. Clowes. 5. Canis vulpes. Presented by Mr. Thos. Legg, July 30, 1884. 6. Canis vulpes. Presented by Lady Brassey, F.Z.S., Feb. 21, 1885. 7. Canis vulpes. Presented by A. B. Priestley, Esq., July 3, 1886. 8. Canis vulpes. Presented by C. Heseltine, Esq., July 8, 1885. 9, 10, 11. Canis lagopus. Presented by T. Nordenfelt, Esq., C.E., Sept. 27, 1887. 12. Canis javanicus, §. Purchased, Sept. 29, 1887. 13. Canis aureus. Presented by J. Smith, Esq., Aug. 22, 1878. 14. Canis aureus,2. Presented by Capt. W. Geake, Sept. 23, 1887. 15. Canis grifithi. From Afghanistan. Presented by Lt.-Col. Sir O. B. C. St. John, Dec. 29, 1887. 16. Canis anthus,g. Presented by Capt. W. F. Wardroper, Dec. 4, 1882. 17. Canis anthus,?. Presented by A. ‘I’. Marsh, Esq., Sept. 14, 1886. 18, 19. Canis mesomelas,$ 2. Presented by F. Mosenthal, Esq., May 12, 1886. 20, 21. Canis lateralis,$ 9. Purchased, May 28, 1886. 22. Canis pallidus. Presented by Capt. J. 8. Talbot, Nov. 24, 1885. 23. Canis chama. Purchased, June 26, 1886. *24. Canis latrans. Presented by R. Payne, Esq., July 8, 1884. 25. Canis latrans,g. Presented by Prof. C. M. Vincent, Aug. 21, 1887. 26. Canis latrans,2. Presented by Baron Ferdinand de Rothschild, F.Z.S., Dec. 5, 1885. 27. Canis fulvus. Deposited, Nov. 10, 1876. 28. Canis fulvus. Presented by Messrs Ensor, Weber & Co., July 23, 1886. 29. Canis fulvus. Presented by Miss Cameron, Sept. 24, 1887. 30. Canis velox. Received in exchange, Jan. 17, 1885. 31. Canis virginianus. Received in exchange, Oct. 23, 1886. 32. Canis azare. Purchased, June 16, 1885. 33. Canis rudis,$. Presented by Capt. J. Smith, Sept. 30, 1886. 34. Canis rudis. Purchased, Dec. 2, 1886. 35. Canis fulvipes (Tierra del Fuego). Presented by Miss M. M. Wroughton, Sept. 26, 1887. 36. Canis dingo,?. Deposited, July 4, 1887. * It is doubtful whether the animal presented by Mr. R. Payne as captured in Epping Forest is really of this species, It seems in some respects to be more like the North-African Canis anthus. [NINA XVAAHOMAINAG dur‘ soug uszepny “Wit 22s wg +P Wit Seal SZ id 1888. ] ON MAMMALS FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 3 Mr. F. Day, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the Spanish Loach, Cobitis tenia, captured the previous week at Hungerford. Mr. Day also exhibited two specimens of hybrid Salmonidee from Howietoun, both of which had been removed from the ponds on Dec. Ist, 1887. The first was of the leopard breed, 13°2 inches long, and one of the progeny from 8000 eggs of an American Char (Salmo fon- tinalis), taken on November 15th, 1882, milted from a Loch-Leven Trout. Although 4 years and 10 months of age, this was the first season that they had been observed to be fertile ; the specimen was a female full of nearly ripe eggs. The second fish was one of the zebra breed, 18 inches long, 3 lb. in weight, and one of those raised from 3000 ova of the Loch-Leven Trout taken on November 29th, 1883, and milted from an American Char. This fish, 3 years and 10 months old, was also a fertile female. The external colours in these two forms were very similar, and coloured drawings of the hues exhibited by the fish when first captured were likewise shown. These fishes were covered with reticulations or vermiculated lines on a grey or silvery ground, and differed in appearance from either of their parents. But the most remarkable feature was the dentition of the vomer, for in the Char teeth are only found along the hind edge of the head of that bone, not along its shaft, where they are, however, present in Trout. In these hybrids the hind edge of the head of the vomer was toothed as in a Char, and also for a short distance along the shaft of that bone, where three or four teeth were to be seen. Thus a fertile form could be produced, differing in external colours from Trout or Char, and having neither the dentition of S. salvelinus nor of true S. fario, but a compound between the two. If such a form had been captured wild, and it is now so found in Car- diganshire, doubtless it would have been referred to a new species. The following papers were read :— 1. On a Collection of Mammals obtained by Emin Pasha in Equatorial Africa, and presented by him to the Natural History Museum. By Oxprietp Tuomas. [Received December 14, 1887.] (Plates I. & II.) The Mammals recently received by the Natural History Museum from Dr. Emin Pasha number 115, belonging to 39 species—a col- lection which is of the utmost value as a contribution to our know- ledge of the Central-African fauna, and one which reflects the highest credit on the energy and scientific spirit of the man by whom it was formed. When the cares and anxieties of a person in the position of responsible governor of a large and turbulent. African province are considered, it seems wonderful that Emin should have been able to make any collections at all, and still more should have 1* 4 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM (Jan. 17, made such a collection as the present, nearly every specimen of which has been carefully labelled in his own handwriting, with the date, sex, and exact locality—particulars which add enormously to its scientific value. The great mass of the collection was not obtained at Dr. Emin’s headquarters, on the Upper Nile, but in a district called Monbuttu (lat. 2° 30' N., long. 27° 50’ E.), just within the Congo basin*, and separated by the Congo-Nile watershed from the Wadelai region. There, practically, all the interesting forms were collected; and, considering their number, and especially their strongly marked geographical character, the general affinities of the mammal-fauna of this district may now be looked upon as settled; their affinities are discussed at the end of the present paper. Of the more recent papers on the Central-African mammal-fauna the three following are the most important:— 1. Pagenstecher, Dr., ‘Die von Dr. G. A. Fischer, auf der im Auftrage der geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg unternom- menen Reise in das Massai-Land gesammelten Siugethiere ” *. 2. Noack, H., ‘‘ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Siiugethier-Fauna von Ost- und Central-Afrika’’®. 3. Leche, W., “Ueber einige von Emin Pascha gesammelte afrikanische Siugethiere”’ *. The first of these contains notes on 31 species of mammals, but the region explored by Dr. Fischer has so different a fauna from Monbuttu, that only some three or four species, and those very widely spread, are common to both collections’. Dr. Noack’s paper also, based on the mammals collected by Dr. Bohm in the Marungu country, on the south-west coast of Lake Tanganyika, refers to a fauna very different to that of Monbuttu, although several species, and those some of the most interesting (e. g. Sciurus boehmi and Dus kaiseri), are found in both districts. Finally, Dr. Leche’s paper is founded, like the present one, upon specimens collected by Emin Pasha. Fifteen species are enumerated, but these come chiefly from the Upper Nile district, only three of them occurring also in the Monbuttu collection. The localities given are so widely scattered that the paper, although important for the histories of the individual species, gives but little definite faunistic information. There is also a list of 71 species observed in Niam-niam-land, given at the end of Dr. Schweinfurth’s ‘Im Herzen von Afrika,’ but ? On the assumption that the Uelle is really an affluent of the Congo, and does not run, as has been suggested, north-westwards to Lake Chad or into the Niger basin. * JB. Mus. Hamburg, 1884, pp. 32-46 (1385). 3 Zool. Jahrb. ii. pp. 193-302, pls. viii—x. (1887). * Zool. Jahrb. iii. pp. 115-126, pls. iii. and iv. (1887). ° Dr. Pagenstecher (pp. 40 and 41) places Gazella thomsoni and Alcelaphus coket as synonyms of G. granti and . 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA, 19 of the work; but I trust we may not have long to wait before an accurate map of the little-known district may be published under the auspices of Emin Pasha, who we all hope will soon return safely to Europe after the arduous and important duties he has so ably performed during many years in the Upper White Nile district. In my present list I have followed, as closely as I considered ad- visable, the order of the species adopted by Dr. Hartlaub, and have given references, not only to all the above-mentioned papers, but also to Mr. R. B. Sharpe’s ‘‘ Notes on a Collection of Birds made by Herr F. Bohndorff in the Bahr el Gazel Province and the Nyam-nyam Country in Equatorial Africa,” published in the Linnean Society’s Journal (Zool.), xvii. 1884, pp. 419-441. I have also thought it advisable to give what I have considered to be the most important references for the identification of each species. I should like, in conclusion, to state that this collection has been entirely worked out in the Bird-room of the Natural History Museum, where I have found every convenience for regular study, with the finest collection in the world before me, which, owing to Mr. Bowdler Sharpe’s untiring energy, is now as accessible for work as any small private collection, with this further advantage, that very few species are wanting, and generally a good series of specimens is available. I trust that these remarks may not lead to an overwhelming influx of ornithological students to the bird-room, for Mr. Sharpe’s sake ; but even then I believe that his courtesy would be equal to the task, as I presume that there is nothing which would please him more than to find the British Museum the centre of all ornithological study, as it ought to have been years ago, and as it most certainly was not in former days. Emin Pasha’s consignment consists of two very distinct collections : one from what [ shall call the Wadelai district, including Lado, Redjaf, Kiri, Tobbo, Wadelai, and Kiberi, comprised within the limits of 2° and 5° N. lat., and 31° and 33° E. long; the other is from the Tingasi district, including Bellima, Tomaja, and Tingasi, extending westward of 31°, and comprising portion of the Monbuttu country. Comparing these two collections we fiud :— Wadelai collection :—114 species, 10 local, 1 W.-African, 27 N.E.- African, 6 E.-African. Tingasi collection :—43 species, 3 local, 27 W.-African, none N.E.- African, none E.-African. From the above it is evident that the Wadelai district belongs to the great N.E.-African or Abyssinian Region, and the Tingasi dis- trict to the W.-African Region ; and on regarding the close proxi- mity of these districts, the fact of the fauna of a continent following its great watersheds and forests is strikingly exhibited, and the pre- sence of an almost impassable barrier is suggested. Thus physical geography and ornithology lend each other a friendly hand in the elucidation of scientific problems. Q* 20 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. i7, I. PASSERES. 1. Syzivra HORTENSI!S, Bechst. Sylvia hortensis, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 10; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 99. No. 23. ¢. Tingasi, Sept. 20, 1883. No. 194. ¢. Kibero, Oct. 8, 1886. 2. Puyiioscorus TROCHILUs (Linn.). Phylloscopus trochilus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 56. Phyllopneuste trochilus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 94, 1882, p. 193. 3g. Lado, Oct. 19, 1885. No. 128. Wadelai, Sept. 14, 1885. No. 173. ¢. Wadelai, Oct. 18, 1885. 3. Hypoxats pALLIDA (Hempr. & Ehr.). Hypolais pallida, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 82; Hartt. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 193; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 502. No. 238. ¢. Lado, March 3, 1884. No. 915. ¢. Gondokoro, Nov. 16, 1883. No. 13. ¢. Wa'elai, Jan. 15, 1886. No. 54. 9. Wadelai, Feb. 2, 1886. The dates of capture seem to show that this species winters in Equatorial Africa. 4. ACROCEPHALUS PHRAGMITIS (Bechst.). Acrocephalus phragmitis, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 91. No. 176. g. Wadelai, Oct. 29, 1885. 5. Ruticitta PpHa@nicurvs (Linn.). Ruticilla phenicurus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 336 ; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 319. No. 949. g. Redjaf, Dec. 1, 1883. @. Foda, Oct. 21, 1885. 6. PraTINCOLA RUBETRA (Linn.). Pratincola rubetra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 179; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. p. 89. No. 177. g. Redjaf, Feb. 2, 1884. 7. BRADYORNIS PALLIDA (v. Miill.). Bradyornis pallida, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 310; Hartl. Abbandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vill. 1882, p. 191. No. 329. 2. Nov. 20, 1882. 8. PENTHOL#A CLERICALIS, Hartl. Pentholea clericalis, Wartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 321; id. Abhandl. — 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 21 nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 321; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 18; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 317, pl. 13. figs. 73, 82. Nos. 557, 569. g. Kuterma, May 1885. No. 530. 9. Tobbo, May 21, 1883. A perfectly distinct species, of which Emin Pasha sends three fine adult specimens. 9. CossyPHA HEUGLINI, Hartl. . _Bessornis intermedius, Cab. in V. d. Decken’s Reis. iii. p. 32 pl. 12 = Cossypha heuglini, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p- 187; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 41. No. 211. "2. Kibiro, Oct: 11, 1886. 10. CossypHa verRTICALIs, Hartl. Cossypha verticalis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 45; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 313. No. 822. ¢. Tamaja, Aug. 17, 1883, This is probably the most eastern locality known for this West- African species. 11. EryrHRropyera RuFIcAuDA, Sharpe. Erythropygia ruficauda, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 78 ; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 316. Nos. 182, 188, 206. g. Kibero, Oct. 1886. 12. Eminta Leprpa, Hartl. Eminia lepida, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 625, pl. 60. fig. 1; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 91; id. Zool. Jabrb. ii. 186, p. 334. Apalis lepida, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 140. No. 95. ¢. Wadelai, Aug. 17, 1885. No. 190. @. Kibero, Oct. 8, 1886. The sexes are similar in plumage. 13. DrymocicHia IncANA, Hartl. Drymocichla incana, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 626, pl. 60. fig. 2 ; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. p. 91; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vil. p. 149. Nos. 88, 89. ¢ 9. Wadelai, Aug. 15, 1885. No. 171. Q. Wadelai, Oct. 18, 1885. The sexes are similar in plumage. Neither this species nor the last have been recorded from north of Wadelai. 14. PHyLioLais PULCHELLA (Riipp.). Phyllolais pulchella, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 90; vii. 1882, p. 190; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 501; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 149. No. 481. 3g. Lado, Nov. 20, 1884. 22 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 15. SyLvIELLA microura (Riipp.). Oligocercus rufescens, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 92. Oligura microura, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 144; XXXIl. 1882, p. 502. Sylviella microura, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 154. No. 9388. ¢. Gondokoro, Nov. 15, 1883. 16. EREMoMELA ELEGANS (Heugl.). Tricholuis elegans, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. pp. 144, 609; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 190. Eremomela elegans, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 163. No. 338. ¢. Lado, April 23, 1884. Nos. 345, 356. g. Redjaf, May 1884. No. 975. &. Redjaf, Dec. 17, 1885. a, d. Wadelai, July 7, 1885. 17, CAMAROPTERA BREVICAUDATA (Riipp.). Camaroptera brevicaudata, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 90; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 144; xxxii. 1882, p- 502; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 168. No. 409. g. Lado, Aug. 30, 1884. 18. Prints MysTacea, Riipp. Cisticola tenella, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 89; viii. 1882, p. 189. Drymeca mystacea, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 501. Prinia mystacea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 19]. No. 338. Lado, March 28, 1883. No. 405. Lado, Aug. 27, 1884. No. 85. 9. Wadelai, Aug. 15, 1885. No. 21. ¢. Tingasi, July 19, 1583. 19. BuRNFSIA LEUCOPOGON (Cab.).. Burnesia leucopogon, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 207. Nos. 704, 797. 6 @. July 1883. The sexes are similar in plumage. This species was formerly only known from the Congo region in W. Africa, from which country there are two specimens in the British Museum. 20. ORTHOTOMUS ERYTHROPTERUS (Jard.). Cisticola iodoptera, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 247. Orthotomus erythropterus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 228. No. 16. g. Tingasi, July 17, 1883. 21. CisticoLa MENTALIs (Fras.). Melocichla mentalis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 93; vill. 1882, p. 191. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 23 Cisticola mentalis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 241. No. 152. 2. Risuo, Oct. 3, 1882. This specimen agrees perfectly with others from the Gold Coast in the British Museum. 22. CisTICOLA CINERASCENS, Heugl. Drymeca concolor, Heugl. Ibis, 1869, p. 97, pl. 2. fig. 1. Cisticola concolor, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 253. Cisticola cinerascens, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 248. No. 25. g. Tingasi, July 19, 1883. 23. CrsTICOLA LATERALIs (Fraser). Cisticola lateralis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 251. No. 775. g. Abiambana, July 28, 1883. This species appears hitherto to have been met with only on the west coast of Africa. 24. CisticoLa RuFA (Fraser). Cisticola hypoxantha, Hartl. P.Z.S. 1880, p. 624 ; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 89; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 332. Cisticola rufa, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 252. No. 186. ¢. Tobbo, May 19, 1883. This specimen agrees perfectly with others in the British Museum from the Gold Coast. 25. CisTICOLA FERRUGINEA, Heugl. Cisticola ferruginea, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 265; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vil. p. 257. No. 28. 2. Wadelai, July 28, 1885. Nos. 121, 122, 123. g 2. Wadelai, Sept. 13, 1885. No. 55. Q@. Wadelai, Feb. 2, 1886. The British Museum here receives for the first time a remarkably fine series of this striking little Grass-Warbler. 26. CisTIcoLA MARGINALIs (Heugl.). Cisticola marginalis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 89; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 258. Cisticola marginata, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii, 1882, p. 501. No. 287. ¢. Lado, March 31, 1884. 27. CISTICOLA CIsTICOLA (Temm.). Cisticola cursitans, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 266. Cisticola cisticola, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 259. No. 113. ¢. Wadelai, June 17, 1886. 24 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 28. CisTICOLA sTRANGII (Fraser). Cisticolu ladoensis, Hartl. op. cit. viii. 1882, p. 189. Cisticola strangei et O. natalensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vil. pp. 276, 278. Nos. 54, 101, 102. 6 9. Wadelai, Aug. 1885. No. 148. ¢. Wadelai, Oct. 4, 1885. Nos. 9, 19. Tingasi, July 1883. I have a specimen in my own collection determined by Dr. Hartlaub as C. dadoensis ; it is in the plumage of Drymoica curvi- rostris, Sundev. For the determination of D. strangei, Fras., 1843, and D. natalensis, Smith, 1843, I would refer to the conclusions I drew (Ibis, 1875, pp. 380, 381), which I still believe to be correct. As the first names for this species were published in the same year, 1843, I select Fraser’s as being the most applicable. 29. CisTICOLA LUGUBRIS (Riipp.). Cisticola nevia, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1882, p. 189; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 333. Cisticola lugubris, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 280. No. 97. g. Wadelai, Aug. 1885. 30. ARGYA RUBIGINOSA (Riipp.). Argya rubiginosa, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 93; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 391. No. 494. ¢. Lado, Jan. 12, 1884. Iris pale yellow. 31. CRINIGER VERREAUXI, Sharpe. Criniger verreauai, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 73, pl. 4. No. 671. ¢. Bellima, June 22, 1883. 32. CHLOROCICHLA GRACILIROSTRIS (Strickl.). Chlorocichla gracilirostris, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 114. No. 697. 2. Tiugasi, July 1, 1883. This species was formerly only known from the west coast of Africa. 33. PHYLLOSTROPHUS SHARPH, Shelley. ? Criniger strepitans, Reichen. Orn. Centralbl. 1879, p. 139 (Malindi). Phyllostrephus sharpii, Shelley, Ibis, 1880, p. 334 (Dar-es- Salaam); Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 188. Phyllostrophus strepitans, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 117. Nos. 45, 59, 60,96. ¢ 2. Wadelai, Aug. 1885. This is certainly my P. sharpii, which Dr. Hartlaub considers to be distinct from the P. sérepitans (Reichen.), the type of which species neither myself nor Mr. Sharpe have seen. 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. bo on 34. ANDROPADUS VIRENS, Cass. Andropadus virens, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 109; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 424. No. 18. ¢. Tingasi, July 16, 1883. No. 50. ¢o. Tingasi, Aug. 18, 1883. This species was first discovered in north-east Equatorial Africa by Herr F. Bohndorff, who procured it at Sassa in the Nyam-nyam country. 35. TELEPHONUS SENEGALUs (Linn.). ? Telephonus erythropterus, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 147 ; xxxil. 1882, p. 500. Telephonus senegalus, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 124. No. 360. 9. Kiri, May 1884. 36. TELEPHONUS MINUTUS, Hartl. Telephonus minutus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vil. ISS8I, p. 94; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 128. No. 30. 2. Wadelai, July 29, 18835. No. 17. Ad. Wadelai, March 1881. 37. Dryoscopus AFFINIs (Gray). Dryoscopus affinis, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viil. p. 141. No. 754. 3d. Bellima, July 15, 1883. 38. LANIARIUS SULFUREIPECTUS (Less.). Dryoscopus sulphureipectus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 464. Laniarius sulfureipectus, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 159. No. 27. go. Wadelai, Jan. 19, 1886. 39. LANIUS GUBERNATOR, Hartl. Lanius gubernator, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 323, pl. 1. fig. 29; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 194. No. 572. Qjuv. Kuterma, May 28, 1882. No. 110. Qad. Kuterma, Sept. 18, 1882. This is quite a distinct species. 40. GraucaLus PecroraLtis, Jard. & Selby. Graucalus pectoralis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 29; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 424. Ad. Tobbo, May 15, 1883. This is the first time Enim Pasha has sent this bird to Europe, although in Nyam-nyam, according to Mr. Bohndorff, it is a common species. 41. ALszonax ComiTaTa, Cass. Alseonax comitata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 130. No. 753. Bellima, July 15, 1883. The specimen agrees accurately with others from the Gold Coast 26 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, with which I have compared it. It was formerly only known from the west coast. 42. PacHYPRORA SENEGALENSIS (Linn.). Batis senegalensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 134. Platystira senegalensis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 197; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1836, p. 336. No. 349. g. Kedyjaf, May 10, 1884. No. 598. g. Mundi, June 4, 1883. 43. Arromyt1as FULIGINOSUS, J. & E. Verr. Artomyias fuliginosus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 144, fig. 1. No. 760. g. Ann Nambiri, July 21, 1883. Formerly only known from the Gaboon and Congo districts on the west coast. 44, Puatrystira cyanea (P. L. S. Miill.). Platystira cyanea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 145. Platystira senegalensis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 97. No. 788. 9. Tomaja, Aug. 7, 1883. 45. Muscicapa GRisoua (Linn.). Muscicapa grisola, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 151; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. p. 98. Butalis grisola, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 146. No. 174. 2. Wadelai, Oct. 10, 1885. No. 198. g. Wadelai, Nov. 12, 1885. No. 208. ¢. Kabajirdi, Nov. 1, 1882. 46. Muscicapa INFULATA, Hartl. Muscicapa infulata, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 626; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii, 1881, p. 98. Wadelai, four males and four females shot in June, July, and August. The type was obtained at Magungo, on the northern extremity of Lake Albert Nyanza. 47. Hytiora FLAVIGASTRA, Swains. Hyliota flavigastra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 248; Hartl. J. f.O. 1883, p. 323. Hyliota orientalis, Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p- 198. No. 31. ¢. Wadelai, Aug. 1, 1885. Nos. 564, 565. g. Kuterma, May 28, 1883. Nos. 596, 597. g¢ 2. Hundii, June 4, 1883. The specimens agree perfectly with a Senegal specimen in the British Museum. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 27 48. PaRIsoMA PLUMBEUM (Hartl.). Parisoma plumbeum, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 269. Stenostira plumbéea, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem, vill. 1882, p- 197. Qad. Wadelai, July 7, 1885. 49. TeRPSIPHONE CRISTATA (Gm.). Terpsiphone cristata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 354 ; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 425. Tchitrea melanogastra, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 97; viii. 1882, p. 197. Terpsiphone melanogastra, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 146 ; xxxii. 1882, p. 504. No. 42. gjuv. Tingasi, Aug. 1, 1883. 50. ExminiA TERESITA, Antin. Elminia longicauda minor, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 446. Elminia teresita, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 364. Ad. Wadelai, Aug. 15, 1885. This species differs from E. longicauda only in having the breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts pure white, not shaded with greyish blue except on the sides of the chest. The outer pair of tail- feathers have a larger amount of white on the margin of the inner web; the inner web of the next feather has a small amount of white. The blackish colouring in front of the eyes is barely perceptible. E. teresita: length 6°5 inches, wing 2:7, tail 3:5, tarsus 0°65. E. longicauda: length 7:3 inches, wing 2°65, tail 4:3, tarsus 0°65. 51. MEGABIAS FLAMMULATA, J. & E. Verr. Megabias flammulata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 387. No. 22. $. Tingasi, Aug. 1, 1883. I have little doubt that this is an immature male of this species, as it agrees with an adult female specimen from Fantee in the British Museum. 52. MoTACILuA FLAVA, Linn. Budytes flava, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 145, 609. Motacilla flava, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 516, pl. 6. figs. 3—5. No. 849. ¢. Lado, Oct. 2, 1883. 53. ANTHUS PYRRHONOTUS (Vieill.). Anthus gouldi, Hartl. Abbandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 99; viii. 1882, p. 198; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 337. ? Anthus sordidus, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 145. Anthus pyrrhonotus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 555. No. 164. 2. Redjaf, Jan. 26, 1884. 28 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 54. Anruus cervinus, Pall. Anthus cervinus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 323 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 585. No. 121. @. Redjaf, Jan. 1, 1884. 55. Macronyx crocevs (Vieill.). Macronyx croceus, Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 99; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 145, 609; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 626. No. 359. ¢. Wadelai, May 19, 1884. 56. Mrrarra aprara (Vieill.). Megalophonus fischeri, Reichen. J. f. O. 1883, p. 202. Mirafra apiata, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 329. No. 132. 9. Wadelai, Aug. 11, 1886. This is the most northern locality yet known for this species, which ranges into South Africa and the Congo region. 57. Mrrarra Bucotica, Hartl. Mirafra bucolica, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 327. 3d ad. Tobbo, May 16, 1883. In general colouring and size this Lark much resembles the S.-African IZ. sabota, but differs in the colouring of the quills, two pairs of the outer tail-feathers, and in the character of the feet. The following comparison between M. bucolica and M. sabota will best point out the characters which appear to me to be of specific value. M. bucolica.—Primaries broadly edged with rufous buff, that colouring extending to the quill of the first long primary throughout the greater portion of its length ; inner webs broadly edged with rufous buff of the same shade for about half the length of the feathers. Two outer tail-feathers—outer one rufous buff with a diagonal dark portion extending from near the end of the inner web over the basal portion of the outer one, but not reaching to the outer web, and divided near the base of the quill -by the buff colouring, next feather with a broad rufous-buff edge to the outer web. Feet smaller and buffer, hind claw slightly straighter and longer. M. sabota.—Primaries partially and very narrowly edged with buffish white, not perceptible on the first long primary ; inner margin of primaries whitish but nearly obsolete. Two outer tail-feathers—outer one blackish, with only a broad edging of rufous buff over scarcely more than half the width of the outer web and round the end of the feather; next feather with an almost obsolete pale margin to the outer web, widening slightly at the tip. Feet larger and browner, hind claw slightly more curved and shorter. 58. GaLeRITA MopEsTA, Heugl. Geocorypha modesta, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 691, pl. 23; Haru. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 328. No. 150. Q. Redjaf, Jan. 17, 1884. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 29 No. 175. go. Redjaf, Feb. 2, 1884. No. 926. g. Redjaf, Nov. 23, 1583. No. 970. g. Redjaf, Dec. 15, 1883. This species is new to the British Museum Collection. It belongs apparently to the genus Galerita, being slightly crested, and it has the bastard primary short, only just extending beyond the primary- coverts, while in plumage it much resembles G. cristata. 59. PyRRHULAUDA LEUCOTIS (Stanley). Coraphites leucotis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 669. No. 973. od. Dec. 16, 1883. 60. Parus niGER, Bonn. et Vieill. Parus leucomelus, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 145, 609. Parus niger, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. No. 366. ¢. Kiri, May 22, 1884. This is an adult male with no white edges to the tail-feathers ; in this character, and indeed in all other respects, it agrees perfectly with a Damara specimen in the British Museum, so that I cannot admit that there are any constant local races of this species. 61. AerrHatus parvutus, Heugl. Aigithalus parvulus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 99; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 347, pl. 12. fig. 3. No. 370. ¢. Kiri, May 24, 1884. This species has been well figured by Dr. Hartlaub, and is quite distinct from 4. capensis, of which it is the northern representative. 62. AeirHaLus MusCuLUs, Hartl. Atgithalus musculus, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 326 ; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 198; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 347. No. 218. @. Lado, Feb. 25, 1884. Nos. 252, 283. ¢ 2. Lado, March 1884. Like the last, this species is new to the British Museum. It comes nearest to 4. caroli, Sharpe, from which it may be readily dis- tinguished by its hoary white throat and chest, and the abdomen only tinted with rufous buff. The forehead is uniform with the upper parts, and the sexes are similar in plumage. 63. PHiLeT&RUS ARNAUDI (Bp.). Nigrita arnaudi, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 104; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xuxie9 1881,./ py 1150.5. xxx. 1882, p- 207. : Phileterus arnaudi, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 308. No. 953. 9. Redjaf, Dec. 2, 1883. Iris chestnut ; bill black ; legs dusky flesh-colour. 30 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 64. Amapina FascraTa (Gm.). Sporothlastes fasciatus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 203; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 509. Amadina fasciata, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 313. No. 976. g. Redjaf, Dec. 17, 1882. 65. PyrENESTES OSTRINUS (Vieill.). Pyrenestes ostrinus, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 314. No. 717. ¢o. Tingasi, July 4, 1883. Iris dusky brown; bill black ; legs yellowish. This specimen is small and entirely black and red. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°65, tail 2°15, tarsus 0-7. There isa very similar specimen in the British Museum from the Gold Coast. 66. SpPERMOSPIZA RUFICAPILLA, Sp. 0. Entire head, throat, front and sides of the chest uniform scarlet ; back of the neck, back, wings and tail when closed, dusky slate- colour; upper tail-coverts red, slightly darker than the head; re- mainder of the breast black, thickly spotted with white on the chest and barred on the abdomen and under tail-coverts. Under surface of the wings and tail dusky black, mottled or barred with white on the under wing-coverts. Iris dusky brown; bill metallic blue with the end carmine, and the cutting-edges shaded with that colour ; legs dusky brown. ‘Total length 6-2 inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2°9, tail 2°6, tarsus 0.95. No. 752. 2. Bellima, July 15, 1883. This species is closely allied to S. hematina and S. guttata, but may be readily recognized, at least in the female, by its having the entire head uniform scarlet. In the colouring of the bill it agrees best with S. guttata. 67. Hypareus monterri (Hartl.). Pytelia monteiri, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p- 203. Hypargus monteiri, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 318. ¢g juv. Lado, Nov. 1, 1885. No. 59. 3. Tanjimoro, Sept. 23, 1883. No. 179. Tanjimoro, Oct. 5, 1886. The young bird from Lado differs from the adult in having the throat uniform grey, and in there being no white spots on the breast, which is chestnut fading into white on the abdomen. The under tail-cuverts are broadly barred with chestnut and white. 68. Pyretia MELBA (Linn.). Pytelia melba, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 104; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 509 ; Shelley, Lbis, 1886, p. 319. Pytelia citerior, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 614. No. 208. ¢.-. Kibiro, Oct. 11, 18386. 1888. | FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 31 Iris and bill red, culmen blackish ; legs flesh-brown. In the British Museum are apparently typical specimens of both sexes of P. cinercigula; the female is a female of this species and the male is P. afra (Gm.). 69. PyTELIA PH@:NICOPTERA, Swains. Pytelia phenicoptera, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 203 ; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 323. Zonogustris erythroptera, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 509. No. 385. g¢. Lado, Aug. 16, 1884. Iris red; bill black ; legs pale brown. 70. LAGONOSTICTA SENEGALA (Linn.). Lagonosticta minima, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p- 606. Lagonosticta senegala, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 323. No. 182. g. Kibero, Oct. 7, 1886. 71. Lagonosticra RARA (Antin.). Rhodopyga hypomelas, Heugl. J. f. O. 1868, p. ld. ple. 1, fig. 4, ” Habropyga hypomelena, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 611. Habropyga enochroa, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 322; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 203. Lagonosticta rara, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 323. Lagonosticta cnochroa, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 322, pl. 13. fig. 6. Ad. Lado, Oct. 24, 1885. No. 15. g. Tingasi, Aug. 9, 1883. No. 175. Q. Tingasi, July 3, 1883. I have referred this species to Z. rara (Antin.), although I have not examined a typical specimen; but it appears to me to be un- doubtedly the same as ZL. wnochroa, Hartl., which, under the im- pression that it was the type I had examined, I wrongly referred to L. rhodopareia (Ibis, 1886, p. 324). L. rara has been badly figured by Heuglin under the name of Rhodopyga hypomelus, but the sides of the body have been painted black instead of red as described, and this appears to be the only character upon which L. enochroa, Hartl., has been separated. The real characters for this species appear to be :—the pale patch on the lower mandible, most strongly marked in specimens 15 and 175, and the absence of white spots on the sides of the chest in adult males. To this species should undoubtedly be referred the Z. melano- gastra of my paper in ‘ The Ibis,’ 1883, p- 153, from Lukoja on the Niger. 72. EsTRELDA NONNULA, Hartl. Astrilda nonnula, Hartl. J. f. O. 1883, p. 425; id. Zool. Jahrb. i, 1886, p. 321, pl. 13. fig. 5. 32 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, Habropyga tenerrima, Reichen. J. f. O. 1887, p. 213, Stanley Falls. No. 58. ¢. Kubbi, July 1881. No. 654. g. Bellima, June 21, 1883. 36 2. Foda, Oct. 27, 1885. The males have the bill black, with a red patch on the sides of the culmen and base of the lower mandible, also a patch of scarlet on the sides of the body, of much less extent than in 2. africapilla. It is the Habropyga tenerrima of Reichenow. The female differs in having the entire bill dusky black and no red on the sides of the body. This is the Astri/da nonnula, Hartl. 73. EsTRELDA PALUDICOLA, Heugl. Estrelda paludicola, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 331; Hart]. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 321. No. 706. 9. Tingasi, July 3, 1883. New to the British Museum. 74. EsTRELDA ASTRILD (Linn.). . Estrelda astrild, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 322. No. 288. 9. Lado, March 30, 1884. A variety entirely white, with a red band round the eye. 75. EsTRELDA RHODOPYGA, Sundev. Estrelda rhodopyga, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 333; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 322. Nos. 135, 138. ¢. 136, 139. 9. Wadelai, Sept. 18, 1885. No. 154. g. Wadelai, Oct. 6, 1885. 76. EsTRELDA CINEREA (Vieill.). Astrilda cinerea, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 103; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. p. 614; xxxii. 1882, p- 505 ; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 333. Nos. 39, 40. ¢ Q. Wadelai, Aug. 3, 1885. 77. EsTRELDA SUBFLAVA (Vieill.). Habropyga subflava, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 609. Estrelda subflava, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 334. Nos. 235, 236, 243. g. Nos. 234, 242, 248, 253. 9. Lado, March 1884. 78. ORTYGOSPIZA ATRICOLLIS (Vieill.). Ortygospiza atricollis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 598; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 338. No. 150. g. Redjaf, Jan. 19, 1884. Nos. 945, 946. ¢ 2. Redjaf, Nov. 30, 1883. 79. Vipua PrincrPauis (Linn.). Vidua principalis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, 1888.] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 33 p- 102; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 151, 613; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 426; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 341. No. 46. @. Tingasi, Aug. 14, 1883. 80. CoLtusPASsER MACRURUs (Gm.). Penthetria macroura, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p- 202; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 606, 613; xxxil. 1882, p- 508; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 426. Coliuspasser macrurus, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 348. g ad. Tobbo, May 19, 1883. 81. CoLrUsPASSER AXILLARIS (Smith). Urobrachya axillaris, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 102; viii. 1882, p. 221; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 151; xxxil. 1882, p. 508. Coliuspasser axillaris, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 348. Penthetria azillaris, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 325. No. 285. ¢. Lado, March 31, 1884. No. 56. 2. Lado, July 25, 1883. 82. PyROMELANA FLAMMICEPS (Swains.). Pyromelana flammiceps, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 150, 613; Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 352. Euplectes flammiceps, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 201. Nos. 34, 54,72. g. Tingasi, Aug. 1883. No. 45. Kubbi, July 1881. 83. PyRoMELANA LADOENSIs (Reichen.). Euplectes taha, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 103 ; viii. 1882, p. 201; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 506. Euplectes ladoensis, Reichen. J. f. O. 1885, p. 218; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 339. Pyromelana sticta, Shelley (nec Heugl.), Ibis, 1886, p. 354. No. 408. ¢. Lado, Aug. 30, 1884. 84. QuEeLEA ERyTHRopPs (Hartl.). Hyphantica hematocephala, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 545, pl. 19a. Quelea erythrops, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 356. ¢. Kaibiro, June 3, 1886. 85. QUELEA CARDINALIs (Hartl.). Hyphantica cardinalis, Hartl. J. f. O. 1880, p. 325; id. Abhandl. Nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 102; viii. 1882, p. 201; J. f. O. 1881, pl. i. figs. 1, 2; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 508. Quelea cardinalis, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 357. Nos. 25, 26, 29. ¢. Lado, July 1885. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. III. 3 34 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS (Jan. 17, 86. QuELEA QUELEA (Linn.). Quelea quelea, Shelley, Ibis, 1886, p. 357. 3. Kibiro, June 5, 1886. Forehead black, flanks and thighs striped. The occurrence of the black-fronted Quelea quelea on the shores of Lake Albert Nyanza shows, in my opinion, the affinity of the fauna of this part of Africa with that of the Congo on the West Coast ; but the view may be entertained that Q. quelea and Q. ethiopica are not distinct species, but only local and not positively definable forms, and this may be supported by the great similarity of their females and by the form P. russ?, Finsch, with no black on the head, being common to both, as also are the peculiar brown and pink shaded varieties. 87. PLoceus MELANOTIS, Lafr. Sycobius melanotis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 101. Anaplectes melanotis, Pelz. Ver. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 150; xxxii. 1882, p. 506; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 337. Calyphantria erythogenys, Fisch. & Reichen. J. f. O. 1884, p- 181. Ploceus melanotis, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 18. No. 122. g. Redjaf, Jan. 9, 1884. 88. PLocrus BAGLAFECT, Vieill. Hyphantornis guerini, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 562, pl. 11. fig. 3. ” Ploceus baglafect, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 20. @. Kibiro, Oct. 8, 1886. 89. PLroceus nreRrIco.uis (Vieill.). Ploceus nigricollis, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 22. No. 678. ¢. Wadelai, June 23, 1883. Iris straw-colour; bill black ; legs dusky red. This species has previously only been recorded from the West Coast. Its near ally P. melanoxanthus (Cab.) is fairly abundant on the East Coast, near Lamu and Mombas. 00. PLoceus ocuLarius, Smith. Hyphantornis crocata, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881. Hyphantornis ocvlarius, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 200. Symplectes ocularius, var. crocata, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p- 341, pl. 14. fig. 11. Ploceus ocularius, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 23. Nos. 175, 176. ¢ 2. Tanjimoro, Oct. 5, 1886. >. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 35 91. PLocEUS CASTANOPS, Sp. n. Male.— Head and underparts bright golden yellow, shading into chestnut on the forehead ; cheeks, front of the ear-coverts, chin, and throat chestnut, shading into black in front of the eyes, and with a narrow black edging to the chin; the brown of the throat narrow almost to a point towards the lower neck ; back of the neck, back, ard scapulars uniform yellowish olive, slightly more yellow on the rump; wings brown, with all the feathers broadly edged with pale olive-yellow; tail olive-brown, with narrow yellowish edges to the feathers; under surface of the wings brown, the coverts pale rufous buff, with a golden shade, and the inner margins of the quills yellow. Bill black; legs reddish brown. Total length 5°6 inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2°8, tail 2, tarsus 0°9. Female.—Crown and nape nearly uniform dusky brown; back and scapulars more buffish brown, with large dark centres to the feathers ; wings, rump, and tail as in the male, but not so bright ; underparts brownish buff, paler on the centre of the abdomen. Bill dark above, pale beneath. Total length 5:3 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°5, tail 1°8, tarsus 0-9. In form and size this new species much resembles P. ocularius, but in no stage of plumage can it be confounded with that bird, as it has no black stripes through the eye, and the broad pale edges of the wing-feathers contrast strongly with the dark portion. From P. xanthopterus it differs in its smaller size, in the more olive colour- ing of the back and edges of the wing-feathers, and in the brown of the forehead. 92. PLocrevs vITELLINUs (Licht.). Hyphantornis vitellinus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1882, p. 200. Ploceus vitellinus, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 27. No. 156. g. Wadelai, Oct. 7, 1885. Iris bright yellow. 93. PLocrevus LuTEoLus (Licht.). Hyphantornis luteola, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 100; vii. 1882, p. 200. Sitagra luteola, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 6125 xxxil. 1882, p. 506. Ploceus luteolus, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 31. Nos. 346, 347. 6 Q. Redjaf, May 8, 1884. Nos. 358, 367, 368. 9. Kiri, May 1884. 94. PLOCEUS PELZELNI (Hartl.). Icteropsis crocata, Pelz. (nec Hartl.) Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 149. Sitagra pelzelni, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 343, pl. 14. figs. 9, 10. Four males and five females, from Wadelai (May). In the adult of both sexes the bill is black. In the immature 3% 36 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, the bill is dusky brown above, pale beneath. In immature specimens, two of which are indicated as males, there is no trace of black on the head. As this species is but little known, I shall describe the male in full plumage; the female is well figured by Dr. Hartlaub (J. C.). Very similar to P. /uteo/us, but rather larger, and the bill consider- ably longer. The black of the head is very similar, only it extends slightly further back ; remainder of the head, nape, and sides of the neck bright yellow, like the breast, with no olive shade ; remainder of the upper parts as in P. luteolus. P. pelzelni, 3 ad. Total length 5°25 inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2°35, tail 1°8, tarsus 0°75. P. luteolus, g ad. Total length 4:7 inches, culmen 0:5, wing 2°35, tail 1°7, tarsus 0°7. 95. Procevus pimrpratus (Salvad.). Hyphantornis dimidiata, Salvad. & Antin, Aun. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1873, p. 384, pl. 3; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, . 199. : Ploceus dimidiatus, Shelley, Ibis, 1887, p. 34. Fifteen specimens of both sexes from Wadelai, procured in June, July, and August. Iris umber-brown. 96. Procrus asysstnicus (Gm.). Hyphantornis habessinica, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vil. 1881, p. 99. Hyphantornis abyssinica, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 612; xxx. 1882, p. 505. No. 265. ¢. May 22, 1884. No. 38. ¢. Kiri, Sept. 12, 1883. The second specimen is recorded as being in the winter plumage ; it closely resembles the figure of Textor flavirostris, Riipp. (Syst. Uebers. pi. 29). 97. Passer rurocinctus, Fisch. & Reichen. Passer motitensis, Heugl. (nec Smith) Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 634. Passer rufocinetus, Fisch. & Reichen. J. f. O. 1884, p. 55. No. 30. ¢. Lado, April 9, 1884. 98. SoRELLA EMINI, Hartl. Sorella emini, Hartl. J. f. O. 1880, p. 211; J. f. O. 1881, pl. 1. figs. 3,4; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 104; viii. 1882, p. 201; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi, 1881, p. 150; xxxii. 1882, p. 507; Fisch. J. f. O. 1885, p. 136; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1586, p- 340. Passer emini, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 332 (1887). No. 881. Lado, Nov. 2, 1883. Nos. 204, 205. Lado, Feb. 18, 1884. Nos. 120,175. 3g. Redjaf, Jan. 31, 1884. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 37 9Y. CRITHAGRA BARBATA, Heugl. Crithagra barbata, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 629 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 204. Qad. Tobbo, May 17, 1883. 100. Frin@ILLARIA ORIENTALIS, Shelley. Fringillaria orientalis, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 308 (Mamboio). No. 109. 9. Tingasi, Aug. 1, 1883. Iris dusky, bill brown, legs pale brown. There is a specimen of this species in the British Museum, labelled by Dr. Reichenow “ Fringillaria major,” from Leopoldville on the Congo. 101. FrinGILLARIA FORBEs!, Hartl. Fringillaria capensis, Swains. (nec Linn.) B. W. Afr. i. p. 211, pl. 18. Fringillaria forbesi, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 324; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. p. 204. Ad. Kuterma, May 26, 1883. Iris dusky; bill blackish, paler on the lower mandible ; legs greyish horn-colour. 102. LamprocoLius spLENDIDUs (Vieill.). Lamprocolius splendidus, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 426. No. 135. Tingasi, Sept. 1881. This Gaboon species was first met with in Central Africa by Mr. Bohndorff in the Niam-niam couutry. 103. BuPHAGA AFRICANA, Linn. Buphaga africana, Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 311. No. 189. 2. Kibiro, Oct. 8, 1886. 104. SaLporRNIs SALVADORII, Bocage. Hylipsornis salvadorii, Bocage, Orn. Angola, p. 289, pl. 10. fig. 2. Salpornis salvadorii, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 339. Salpornis emini, Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 415, pl. 37; id. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 312. No. 539. ¢. Tobbo, May 22, 1884. This is, no doubt, the S. emini, Hartl., but I can detect no character by which it can be separated from 8. salvadorii after comparing it with three specimens of the latter, two from Benguela and one from Mashoona land. The British Museum, since the? acquisition of Mr. Hume’s valuable collection, contains a large series of S. sptlonata, from which the present species is barely separable, the Asiatic form having the two centre tail-feathers generally much paler, and the throat and sides of the head of a rather purer white. 38 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS (Jan. 17, 105. NecrariniA PULCHELLA (Linn.). Nectarinia pulchella, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 9, pl. 4; Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 107; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 609 ; xxxii. 1882, p. 501. No. 340. Lado, April 23, 1884. A partially white variety. 106. Crinnyris cuprea (Shaw). Cinnyris cuprea, Shelley, Mon, Sun-birds, p. 191, pl. 58 ; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 428. Nectarinia cuprea, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 609 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 168; vill. 1882, p. 205. No. 584. ¢. Mundri, June 1, 1883. 107. CinnyRis SUPERBA (Shaw). Cinnyris superba, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 197, pl. 60; id. Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 428. No.751. S$. Bellima, July 15, 1883. This species was only known from the west coast, until it was recently procured in the Niam-niam country by Mr. Bohndorff. 108. CrnNyrRIs ERYTHROCERIA (Heugl.). Cinnyris erythrocerius, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 209, pl. 64. fig. 2. Nectarinia erythroceria, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 108; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 144. No. 68. g. Wadelai, Aug. 9, 1883. 109. CINNyRISs CHLOROPYGIA (Jard.). Cinnyris chloropygius, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 257, pl. 79. No. 736. gS. Tingasi, July 7, 1883. Previously only known from the west coast. 110. Crnnyris actk (Antin.). Cinnyris acik, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 295, pl. 82; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. vii. p. 428. Necturinia azic, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 108; vii. 1882, p. 206. Nectarinia acik, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 143, 609. No. 14. 9. Tingasi, Aug. 10, 1883. 111. Crnnyris opscura (Jard.). Cinnyris obscurus, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 391, pl. 92. No. 20, ¢. Tingasi, Oct. 23, 1883. Formerly only known from West Africa. 112. Cynnyris verTicauis (Lath.). Cinnyris verticalis, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 301, pl. 97. Nectarinia cyanocephala, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 206. No. 718. ¢. Tingasi, July 4, 1883. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 39 Nos. 79, 808. 2. Tomaja, Aug. 1883. 2 g. Foda, Nov. 1, 1885. The specimens show that Latham described the female as Certhia verticalis, Shaw, the male as Certhia cyanocephala. 113. ANTHREPTES LONGUEMARII (Less.). Anthreptes longuemarii, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 335, pl. 108. Anthreptes orientalis, Hartl. J. f. O. 1880, p. 213 ; id. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 109 ; viii. 1882, p. 205; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 609; xxxii. 1882, p. 501; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 429. No. 765. 3. Bongereh, July 22, 1883. The British Museum contains eight specimens, which I have compared with two of my own from Lado. My adult male has the lesser wing-coverts brilliant metallic green, which I cannot at all match in any of the other specimens, although a trace of green may be observed in all of them, often’ so slight as to be easily over- looked. It appears that in my monograph of this family (/.¢.) I rightly depicted the adult male and female. The immature male, as shown by Emin Pasha’s specimen in this collection, has a rather bright yellow abdomen, and has assumed the metallic purple colour- ing of the head and back before getting the metallic throat or discarding the white eyebrow. This proves, I presume, that Mr. Bohndorff’s second specimen from Sassa was a young male, and not a female as Mr. Sharpe records it. With regard to size, the following measurements of the culmen and wings of ten specimens will show that no importance can be attached to them :— ' Gambia, ¢ 2 : culmen 0°6, 0°65; wing 2°95, 2°6. Cassamanse, ¢ 2 2 : culmen 0°65; wing 2°95, 2°65, 2°55. Sassa, gad. and probably ¢ juv.: culmen 0°6, 0°65; wing 2°9, 2°65, Bongerch, ¢ juv.: culmen 0°6 ; wing 2°75. Lado, 2 3 : culmen 0°6, 0°55; wing 2°6, 2°4. 114. ANTHREPTES TEPHROLEMA (Jard. & Selby). Anthreptes tephrolema, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p- 333, pl. 72. fig 2. Nos. 24, 27. g. Tingasi, Oct. 1883. This is another of the species hitherto only known from the west coast. 115. ANTHREPTES HYPODILA (Fraser). Anthreptes hypodila, Shelley, Mon. Sun-birds, p. 345, pl. 111. figs. 1, 2. No. 272. ¢. Lado, Oct. 23, 1885. No. 30. g¢. Tingasi, July 15, 1883. These birds agree perfectly with the West-African specimens, and have no metallic green on the outer webs of their primaries and greater wing-coverts. 40 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 116. CoTiLe CINCTA. Cotile cincta, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 164; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 101. No. 155. 2. Wadelai, Oct. 7, 1885. No. 64. 9. Wadelai, Feb. 9, 1886. 117. Hrrunpo rustica, Linn. Hirundo rustica, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 109; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 128. @. Lado, Oct. 30, 1885. No. 145. ¢. Wadelai, Sept. 30, 1885. 118. Hrrunpo smirut, Leach. Hirundo filifera, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 155. Hirundo smithi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 150. Nos. 115, 124. Wadelai, Sept. 1885. 119. Hirunpo SEMIRUFA, Sundev. Hirundo semirufa and H. gordoni, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. pp- 167, 168. 2. Wadelai, Oct. 12, 1885. Total length 8-2 inches, wing 4°8. H. semirufa from South Africa is said to be slightly larger than H. gordoni from West Africa, but I believe that the distinctness of these races cannot be maintained. 120. PsaALIDOPROCNE ALBICEPS, Sclat. Psalidoprocne albiceps, Sclat. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 108, pl. xiv. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 206. d- Wadelai, June 28, 1885. @. Wadelai, July 5, 1885. No. 116. ¢ juv. Wadelai, Sept. 12, 1885. This is only the second time this interesting species has been sent home. The former specimen, the type, was received in spirits from Uzinza, where it was procured by the expedition of Speke and Grant. II. PICARI ZA. 121. CoSMETORNIS VEXILLARIUS (Gould). Cosmetornis vewillarius, Sclat. Ibis, 1864, p. 115, pl. 2; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. vii. 1884, p. 434. Nos. 700, 701. 3. Tingasi, July 2, 1883. 122. DENDROPICUS LAFRESNAYI, Malh. Dendropicus lafresnayii, Hargitt, Ibis, 1883, p. 425. No. 168. ¢. Tobbo, May 16, 1883. This species was previously known only from the west coast. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 41 123. CAMPOTHERA NUBICA (Gm.). Picus nubicus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 109 ; Pelz. Verh. Wien, 1882, p. 510. Campothera nubica, Hargitt, Ibis, 1883, p. 451. No. 148. 9juv. Redjaf, Jan. 17, 1884. 124. CAMPOTHERA MACULOSA (Valenc.). Campothera maculosa, Hargitt, Ibis, 1883, p. 475. No. 11. 2. Tingasi, July 28, 1883. Formerly only known from the west coast. I have compared it with Gold-Coast specimens in the British Museum and find that it agrees perfectly. 125. Isprprna picra (Bodd.). Ispidina picta, Sharpe, Mon. Aleid. p. 141, pl. 51; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 143; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 207 ; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 435. No. 119. 9. Wadelai, July 16, 1886. 126. LorpHocerRos FasciIatus (Shaw). Tockus fasciatus, Elliot, Mon. Bucerot. pl. 50; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 435. Lophoceros fasciatus, Shelley, Ibis, 1888, p. 59. No.1. 9. Tingasi, Aug. 22, 1883. \ Ponttic Ss.) Sephe to, Lood. Nov 1t22 9). 5)’ * July 16,1883. No. 62. Kubbi, July 1881. 127. PoGoNoRHYNCHUS BIDENTATUS (Shaw). Pogonorhynchus bidentatus, Marshall, Mon. Capit. p. 11, pl. 6; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 432. Pogonias bidentatus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 112. Nos. 69,70. ¢ 9. Umparu, Feb. 16, 1885. 128. PoGoNORHYNCHUS LEUCOCEPHALUs (Defil.). Pogonorhynchus leucocephalus, Marshall, Mon. Capit. p. 15, pl. 8; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 151; xxxii. 1882, p. 510; Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 209. Pogonias leucocephalus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 112. No. 352. 9. Redjaf, May 11, 1884. 129. PogoNORHYNCHUS DIADEMATUS (Heugl.). Pogonorhynchus diadematus, Marshall, Mon. Cap. p. 29, pl. 14 ; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi, 1881, p. 615; xxxii. 1882, p. 510. Pogonias diadematus, Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1581, p. 112. No. 237. $6. Lado, March 3, 1884. 42 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS (Jan. 17, 130. Pogconoruyncuus LAcRYMosus (Cab.). Tricolema lacrymosa, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, pp. 205, 240. Nos. 23, 24. g. Wadelai, July 26, 1885. Iris orange-yellow ; bill black ; legs slate-colour. No. 18. 9. Wadelai, July 22, 1885. The sexes are similar in plumage, and the black pearl-shaped marks on the sides of the chest are equally well defined in all the specimens. 131. BarpaTuLA cHRysocoma (Temm.). Barbatula chrysocoma, Marshall, Mon. Cap. p. 121, pl. 49. fig.2; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 153; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vili. 1882, p. 209. No. 198. 2. Kibiro, Oct. 1886. 132. BARBATULA LEUCOL&ZMA, Verr. Barbatula leucolema, Marshall, Mon. Cap. p. 129, pl. 51. fig. 2. Nos. 702, 809, 810, 811, 813. Tomaja, Aug. 1883. Formerly only known from the west coast. 133. CuctuLus GuLartis, Steph. Cuculus gularis, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 583; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 113; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 432. No. 305. ¢. Lado, April 10, 1884. Iris yellow; bill orange-yellow with the end black ; gape orange ; eyelids and feet yellow. 134. CucuLus cxLamosus, Lath. Cuculus clamosus, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 587 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 210; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvilil. 1884, p. 432. No. 705. Qjuv. Tomaya, Aug. 7, 1883. 135. Curysococcyx cuprevs (Bodd.). Cuculus cupreus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 581. Chalcites cupreus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 113; viii. 1882, p. 221. No. 353. ¢. Redjaf, May 11, 1884. No. 369. 2. Kiri, May 24, 1884. 136. Pacuycoccyx vatipus (Fisch. & Reichen.). Cuculus validus, Fisch. & Reichen. J. f. O. 1879, p. 341, Muniune. Pachycoccyx validus, Cab. J. f. O. 1882, p. 230. No. 107, 2. Tangasi, Aug. 2, 1883. As I only recognized this immature bird by the short note on its plumage given by Dr. Cabanis, /.c., it may be useful to take this opportunity of describing the interesting specimen before me. Above blackish brown with a faint purple gloss; the crown, back 1888.] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 43 of the neck, middle of the rump, upper tail-coverts, some of the lesser wing-coverts, all of the median and greater coverts and the quills broadly tipped with buffish white ; forehead, nape, and sides of the head almost white ; the latter washed on the lores, cheeks, and ear-coverts with dusky grey. Tail with some five or six obsoletely paler bands, the base of the one near the end well defined by trian- gular white marks on the sides of the feathers, the other bands only indicated by smaller white marks confined to their inner webs, base of the tail white. Underparts whitish buff shaded with rufous buff on the sides of the body, thighs, and under tail- coverts, the latter have two broad black bars across them; under surface of the wing-coverts rufous buff ; quills dusky brown, fading into white towards the bases of their inner webs, all the quills broadly tipped with white. Total length 15°2 inches, culmen 0-9, wing 9, tail 8°3, tarsus 1. There is a nestling of this species in the British Museum labelled «° W. Africa, DuChaillu,’’ from which I conclude that it is a Central- African species occasionally extending to the coast both in the east and west. 137. InpicaTor MAsorR, Steph. Indicator major, Sharpe, in Dawson Rowley’s Orn. Miscell. i. p- 204; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 311. No. 131. 9. Wadelai, Sept. 15, 1885. Iris umber-brown ; bare skin on head leaden grey ; bill black ; legs dusky. 138. INDICATOR EMINI, sp. n. (Plate III.) No. 675. g. Wadelai, June 23, 1883. Bill slight. Upper parts uniform dusky brown, very slightly shaded with olive on the crown and back of the neck, slightly more so with deep yellow on the back and scapulars, increasing in amount of yellow on the rump, where a few feathers show white ends; wings dark brown ; the coverts shading into olive-yellow on their edges, the quills edged with deep yellow ; tail, four centre feathers entirely brown, remainder white, with the base only of the next pair to the four centre feathers dusky brown. Underparts, including the under tail-coverts, ashy brown, fading into white on the centre and sides of the abdomen behind the thighs. Total length 4°6 inches, culmen 0°3, wing 2°6, tail 2-1, tarsus 0°5. In its slight bill this species approaches nearest to J. major, and by that character alone it may be readily distinguished from all the other known species of Honey-Guides. It is very distinct from any other member of the genus, and I am pleased to be able to name such a striking species after its celebrated discoverer. 139. MusopHaGa ross&, Gould. Musophaga rosse, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p- 433; Schalow, J. f. O. 1886, p. 14. No. 12. 2. Tingasi, Aug. 10, 1883. 44 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, This appears to be essentially an inland African species, for it has been procured by Mr. Bohndorff at Semmi in Niam-niam, and by Dr. Béhm in Marungu on the western side of Lake Tanyanika. It is also known from the interior of Angola. 140. Coryruarx LEUCOLOoPHUS, Heugl. Corythaix leucolophus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 703, pl. 24; Hart]. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 210; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vii. 1884, p. 433; Schalow, J. f. O. 1886, p. 20. No. 828. 2. Kabajerdi, Aug. 20, 1883. Iris brown ; eyelids pale blood-red; bill yellow, witha greenish base ; legs black. 141. CoryTHeota cristata (Vieill.). Turacus giganteus, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p- 433. Corytheola cristata, Schalow, J. f. O. 1886, p. 55. Nos. 144, 145, 146, 147. Ad. Tingasi, Sept. 1881. Iris red ; bill, basal half yellow, end half red; feet dusky. The red has entirely faded from the bills. 142. EurysTomus AFer (Lath.). Eurystomus afer, Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 274; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 110; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p- 143; xxxil. 1882, p. 500; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 434. No. 110. 9. ‘Tingasi, July 16, 1883. III. PSITTACI. 143. Psirracus ERITHACUS, Linn. Psittacus erithacus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, . 211. Psittacus rubrovarius, Rochebrune, Faun. Sénégamb., Ois. p. 84, pl. 10. No. 158. 9. Mabode Land, June 1884. Iris pale yellow; bili black ; bare skin on sides of head pearly grey. This is a peculiar red mottled variety of the Grey Parrot, probably due to some particular food to which the bird becomes partial ; for the irregularity of the red marking cannot, I maintain, be of specific value. M. Rochebrune regards it as a good species, and applies to it Brisson’s very characteristic name of rubrovarius. He also gives a good figure, which exactly represents the specimen before me. Emin Pasha writes concerning it to the following effect :—<‘ In habits it is said not to differ from the grey form. It was given to me by one of the chiefs in Monbuttu, where it is known by the name ‘Curingu,’ and the common grey birds by that of ‘Makue.’’’ He also gives some interesting notes on the migrations of the Grey 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 45 Parrot ; this species, to the east of Lake Albert Nyanza, ranges to about 2° N. lat., and to the west of that lake about a degree further north, being only met with as a straggler in the northern part of Monbuttu. Captain Casati informed him that in Unyoro the Grey Parrot passed in flocks eastward from the 24th to the 28th July, 1886, and repassed westward across the Lake from the 6th to the 12th of March, 1887. 144. AGAPORNIS PULLARIA (Linz.). Agapornis pullaria, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 212. Nos. 47, 48. Tingasi, July 30, 1883. IV. COLUMB&. 145. TRERON caLvus (Temm.). Treron nudirostris, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 188 Le p- 117. Treron calvus, Shelley, Ibis, 1883, p. 267; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 436; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii, 1886, p. 329. No. 816. ¢. Tomaya, Aug. 14, 1883. 146. TurtuR sEMITORQUATUS, Riipp. Turtur semitorquatus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 117; Shelley, Ibis, 1883, p- 303. One specimen, without label. V. ACCIPITRES. 147. PotyBororpEs Typricus, Smith. Polyboroides typicus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p- 48; id. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 437. No. 227. 3. Lado, Feb. 26, 1886. Iris dusky brown ; bill horn-blue, with the basal half white; cere and feet yellow ; skin round the eyes and the lores rough and yellow. This is an immature specimen in pale brown plumage. 148. Circus #RruGinosus (Linn.). Circus eruginosus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p- 102; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 69. No. 274. 9. Lado, March 19, 1884. 149. Mexirrax potyzonus (Ripp.). Melierax polyzonus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p- 88; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp- 143, 607 ; xxxii. 1882, p. 500; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 437. No. 277. 3 juv. Lado, March 23, 1884. 46 CAPT. G. E, SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Jan. 17, 150. Meierax niGER (Bonn. et Vieill.). Melierax niger, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. 1. p. 91. Nisus niger, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 116. No. 90. @. Gondokoro, Nov. 15, 1883. Iris scarlet; cere, base of mandible, and feet cinnabar-red ; bill black. 151. Crrcatrus cinerascens, Mill. Circaetus cinerascens, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 86, pl. 3 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 285; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 306. No. 827. 9. Kabajeudi, Aug. 20, 1883. Iris pale yellow ; bill bluish yellow; base, cere, and legs yellow. 152. BurasTuR RUFIPENNIS (Sund.). Butastur rufipennis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 299; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 437. Poliornis rufipennis, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vill. 1882, p- 213. Nos. 269, 270. ¢. No. 282. 9. Lado, March 1884. No. 118. Redjaf, Jan. 8, 1884. 153. Mitvus micrans (Bodd.). Milvus etolius, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 98. Milvus korshun, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 322. No. 314. ¢. Lado, April 15, 1884. 154. Fatco cuviert, Smith. Falco cuvieri, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 400. No. 337. 2. Lado, April 22, 1884. 155. Fatco RuFICOLLIs, Swains. Falco ruficollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 404; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 115, vili. 1882, p. 221 ; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 606, xxxii. 1882, p. 499 ; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 438. No. 266. Qjuv. Lado, March 13, 1884. 156. TINNUNCULUS TINNUNCULUs (Linn.). Cerchneis tinnunculus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 425; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 438. Tinnunculus alaudarius, Pelz. Verh. Wein, xxxi. 1881, pp. 605, 607, xxxii. 1882, p. 500. Nos. 961, 962. ¢ 9. Redjaf, Dec. 12, 1883. No. 171. Q. Redjaf, Jan. 29, 1884. 157. TrInNUNCULUS ALOPEX (Heugl.). Falco alopex, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 41 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem, vii. 1881, p. 115. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 47 Cerchneis alopex, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 432, pl. 14. mel, 9: No. 952. Redjaf, Dec. 2, 1883. No. 167. Redjaf, Jan. 28, 1884. The male is slightly darker and more strongly streaked. 158. DissopEecTEs arRpEsIACus (Bonn. & Vieill.). Cerchneis ardesiaca, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 446; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 438. Faleo ardesiacus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p- 15; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 143, 606. No. 290. 2. Lado, April 2, 1884. 159. BuBo CINERASCENS, Guér. Bubo cinerascens, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 32; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 215; Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 438. No. 172. Q. Redjaf, Jan. 30, 1884. Iris dusky ; bill blackish ; feet beneath the feathers dusky. Compared with the S.-African B. maculosus (Sharpe, Cat. ti. p. 13), I do not see much difference in plumage, and do not think much of the feathering of the toes; but in B. maculosus the iris is yellow, which apparently settles the question of the difference in the two species. 160. Scors carensts, Smith. Scops zorca africana, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 117. Scops capensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 52, pl. 3. fig. 1. Nos. 37, 38. Wadelai, Aug. 2, 1885. Iris sulphur-yellow ; bill horn-colour ; feet dusky. This specimen certainly belongs to the S. capensis as understood by Mr. Sharpe, and those collected by Mr. Bohndorff (Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 439) in the Niam-niam country to S. giv. To say that they are really specifically distinct requires more research than I have given to the subject. 161. Guaucrprum PERLATUM (Vieill.). Glaucidium perlatum, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 209; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 439. Athene perlata, Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 143; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Verh. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 215. No. 364. g¢. Kuri, May 21, 1884. 6. 2. [No locality.] March 16, 1883. 162. Srrix FLAMMEA, Linn. Strix flammea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 291; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p. 440. No. 63. Tingasi, May 1882. Small; wing only 9-4 inches, but of the ordinary typical colouring. 48 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS (Jan. 17, VI. PTEROCLETES. 163. PreRocLEs TRICINCTUS, Swains. Pterocles tricinctus, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p- 216. Nos. 296, 299, 306. ¢ Qad.; gS juv. Lado, April 1884. Skin round the eye and feet yellow. dad., bill orange; ¢juv., bill orange, tipped with black; 9, bill dusky black, fading into orange at the base. VII. GALLINZ. 164. Numripa priLoruyncaa, Licht. Numida ptilorhyncha, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 102, pl. 29; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 116. Nos. 114,115. @. ‘Tingasi, Aug. 1883. 165. FRANCOLINUS ICTERORHYNCHUS, Heugl. Francolinus icterornynchus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 894, pl. 29 ; Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 118. No. 113. g. Tingasi, Ang. 20, 1883. No. 131, 134. 6 @. Tingasi, Sept. 1881. Iris and legs yellow; bill yellow, with the culmen black. 166. FRANCOLINUS GRANTI, Hartl. Francolinus granti, Hartl. P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 665, pl. 39. fig. 1. Francolinus shoanus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 891, pl. 29. fig. 2. Francolinus pileatus, Hartl. (nec Smith), Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vil. 1881, p. 118. Francolinus ochrogaster, Hartl. J. f. O. 1882, p. 327; id. Ab- handl. nat. Ver. Brem. viii. 1882, p. 218. No. 256. 9. Lado, March 1884. Nos. 298, 303. ¢ 9. Lado, April 1884. Iris brown ; legs blood-red ; bill blackish. VIII. GRALLATORES. 167. PLATALEA TENUIROSTRIS, Temm. Platalea tenuirostris, F. & H. Vig. Ostafr. p. 718; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1126. No. 262. gjuv. Lado, March 12, 1884. 168. Oris MELANoGasTER, Riipp. Otis melanogaster, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 951. No. 375. 9. Redjaf, June 2, 1884. 169. GipIcNEMUS SENEGALENSIS, Swains. Edicnemus inornatus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 989 ; Hartl. Ab- handl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. 1881, p. 120; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, p. 616. No. 268. 2. Lado, March 15, 1884. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 49 170. G@ipicneMus AFFINIs, Rupp. Edicnemus affinis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 990. No. 310. Q. April 14, 1884. 171. Hoptorrervs sprnosus (Linn.). Hoplopterus spinosus, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 441 ; Hartl. Zool. Jahrb. ii. 1886, p. 332. No. 852. 9. Lado, Oct. 5, 1883. 172. ARGIALITIS TRICOLLARIS (Vieill.). Charadrius tricollaris, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1027, pl. 34. fig. 5. Nos. 174, 182. 6 @. Kibiro, June 1886. 173. ARGIALITIS MINOR (Meyer & Wolf). Charadius fluviatilis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1029; Pelz. Verh. Wien, 1881, p. 155. No. 297. g. Lado, April 8, 1884. 174. ANGIALITIs PECUARIUS (Temm.). Charadrius pecuarius, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1033, pl. 34. fig. 7. Nos. 296, 297. ¢ Q. Kibiro, June 1886. 175. AiGIALiTis As1aTicus (Pall.). Charadrius damarensis, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1018. Eudromias asiaticus, Pelz. Verh. Wien, 1881, p. 155. Nos. 284, 285. ¢. Lado, March 30, 1884. 176. GLAREOLA EMINI, Sp, 0. @. Lado, Oct. 18, 1884. Iris umber-brown; culmen and end of bill black, base of bill and legs vermilion. This species is closely allied to G. megapoda, Gray, and G. nuchalis, Gray. From the former it differs in having the nuchal collar white instead of chestnut-buff, from the latter in being much larger and in not having any white on the outer webs of the secondaries. G. emini: total length 7-9 inches, wing 61, tail 2-8, tarsus 0-8. G. nuchalis: total length 5:6 inches, wing 5°5, tail 2-4, tarsus 0°8. I have compared the specimen from Lado with three adults and an immature of G. megapoda and with the type of G. nuchalis. 177. CoRYTHURA CINNAMOMEA (Less.). Corythura cinnamomea, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. 1884, p- 441. No. 710. Tingasi, July 3, 1883. Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1888, No. IV. 4 50 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS [Jan. 17, Ix. NATATORES. 178. PLorus LEVAILLANTI, Licht. Plotus levaillanti, Heug]. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1479 ; Pelz. Verh. Wien, xxxi. 1881, pp. 606, 618. No. 844. @. Lado, Sept. 29, 1883. 179. QUERQUEDULA HARTLAUBI, Cass. Querquedula hartlaubi, Oust. Bull. N. Arch. Mus. Paris, 1879, pl. 6. No. 4. ¢. Tingasi, July 20, 1883. Iris yellowish brown ; bill black, with a broad subterminal yellow band ; legs brown. 3. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians sent by Emin Pasha from Monbuttu, Upper Congo. By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S. [Received January 10, 1888.] The specimens, 27 in number, belong to the following species :— TORTOISES. 1. PELOMEDUSA SUBRUFA,, Lac. LIZARDS. 2. Varanus niLoticus, L.—Two young specimens. 3. HeMIDACTYLUS BROOK, Gray. 4. LYGoODACTYLUS GUTTURALIS, Bocage. 5. CHAMALEON SENEGALENSIS, var. LAVIGATA, Gray.—Three specimens. Although I adopt Mr. Boulenger’s view that C. /evigatus of Gray should not be specifically distinguished from C. senegalensis, still the former may be readily recognized by its conspicuously finer granulation of the skin, and especially the smaller size of the scutella of the side of the head. The type of C. leviyatus came from the Soudan ; and the three specimens sent by Emin Pasha agree in the characters mentioned with this geographically not very remote form of Chameeleon. SNAKES. 6. TypHLops Escuricutu, Schleg.—Three specimens. 7. TyPHLOPS LIBERIENSIS, Hallow.—Two specimens. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA, 51 8. NerusTeropuis arratus, Ptrs. (1877).—This example possesses one anteocular only. The species is new to the collection of the British Museum. 9. AHAETULLA EMINI, sp.n.—Ventral shields without keels, 151 ; anal bifid ; upper labials 9, the 4th, 5th, and 6th entering the orbit ; 1 anteocular, 2 postoculars ; 6 of the lower labials are in contact with the chin-shields ; loreal not twice as long as broad ; temporal shields 1+2; scales smooth, in 15 rows. Head of moderate size, not elongate or depressed ; body and tail moderately slender. Uniform green ; skin between the scales black, each scale with a white spot on the basal half of its outer margin. The specimen measures 29 inches, the head being 3, and the tail 10 long. 10. Dasypettis scasra, L, 11. Psammopuis sis1Lans, L.—Three specimens, b2. ATRACTASPIS IRREGULARIS, Reinh.—This species has invari- ably the subcaudals divided into “scutella”—a term which evidently has been misunderstood by Peters, who persisted in applying it to undivided subcaudal shields, properly ‘scuta,” Peters using the term of squame for the former. A renewed study of the species of this genus has also shown me that the doubts which Peters cast upon them can only have ariven from the incomplete materials at his disposal. 13. ATRACTASPIS ATERRIMA, Gthr.—The specimen is very much shrunk and possesses 299 ventral shields, the type having 274. FROGS. 14. Rana occiprrauis, Gthr. 15. Rana mAscarRENIENs!Is, D, B.—Two specimens. 16. Buro reGunaris, Reuss.—Two specimens. 17, Rappra crncriventris, Cope. Of these 17 Reptiles and Frogs, 9 are almost generally distributed over the African Region; of the remainder 7 are known from various parts of West Africa, whilst not a single species known to be peculiar to East Africa is included in this collection. Although it might thus appear that the Reptilian Fauna of the Upper Congo is rather West-African than East-African in its character, we must not lose sight of the fact that many species extend right across from the West to the East Coast, and that if in the end the Eastern and Western Reptilian Faunas should prove to be sufficiently distinct to call for the establishment of two or more separate zoo-geographical districts, our knowledge of the Reptiles of the central parts is at present much too fragmentary to assist in fixing the boundary line between such districts. 4* 52 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS (Jan. 17 4, On the Shells of the Albert Nyanza, Central Africa, obtained by Dr. Emin Pasha. By Enear A. Sirs. [Received December 5, 1887.] Among the valuable collections of Natural History recently received from Dr. Emin Pasha are a few shells which he collected in the Albert Nyanza, probably from the eastern side of the Lake. They are referable to :— 1. Melania tuberculata, Miller. 2. Melania liricincta, n. sp. 3. Paludina unicolor, var. 4. Bythinia alberti, n. sp. 5. Planorbis stanleyi, n. sp. It is not surprising that three out of these five species should be undescribed, as, with one exception, no collections of shells have ever reached this country from this particular region. In 1866 Mr. Henry Adams gave a list, in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (p. 375), of a collection of shells made in Central Africa by Sir Samuel Baker, the discoverer of the lake. I am informed by that gentleman that all the shells mentioned by Mr. Adams, and which he has presented to the British Museum, came from the Albert Nyanza. Through the kindness of the Rev. Horace Waller I have had the opportunity of examining a series of shells from the same locality, which he also received from Dr. Emin. Among them are examples of two new species, a Cleopatra and a Bythinia, which are not repre- sented in the two other collections. Altogether fifteen species are now known from this particular lake, and of these seven appear at present to be peculiar to it. The remaining eight have all been recorded from different parts of the Nile, and one species, Melania tuberculata, is also known from three of the other large Central African lakes, namely Nyassa, Tanganyika, and Victoria Nyanza. The Planorbis sudanicus also occurs in Lake Tanganyika. The following is a complete list of the known species from the Albert Nyanza. 1. MELANIA TUBERCULATA, Miiller. A large series of this remarkably distributed species has been sent by Dr. Emin Pasha. A dark purplish brown or black is the pre- vailing tint of most of the specimens, with only slight indications of the spotting which is characteristic of the species. Some of the examples, however, possess the usual style of colouring, being pale olive or dirty white and dotted and spotted with red. 2. MELANIA LIRICINCTA, N. sp. Testa elongata, turrita, sub epidermide nigro-fusca albida ; anfractus persistentes 5, parum convewi, interdum inferne leviter tumidi, 1888.] FROM THE ALBERT NYANZA, 53 liris spiralibus 2-3 circa partem inferiorem instructi, sutura sub- profunda, obliqua sejuncti; ultimus circa medium et basim liris paucis cinctus ; apertura pyriformis, intus c@rulescens ; peris- toma tenue, marginibus callo tenui junctis. Longit. anfractuum quinque 26, diam. 93 millim. ; apertura 92 longa, 53 lata. Fig. 1. Melania liricineta, On removing the thickish epidermis the shell has a dirty whitish appearance. ‘The spiral ridges are usually rather strong and vary in number to some extent. Two specimens have four round the middle part of the body-whorl and four at the base, the two sets being separated by a smooth blank space. Two or three of the upper series usually revolve up the spire upon the lower portion of the upper whorls. M. victoria, Dohrn, from the Victoria Falls, Zambesi River, is an allied form. 3. AMPULLARIA WERNEI. Amp. wernei, Philippi, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 19, pl. 5. f. 4, pl. 17. f. 2; Martens, Novit. Conch. vol. iv. p. 22, pl. 114. figs. 1-5. Lanistes, sp.?, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p- 376. Hab. White Nile (Philippi) ; Gazelle River (v. Martens) ; Albert Nyanza (Baker). The two young shells referred to the genus Lanistes by Adams appear to be the early stages of this species. 4, PaLUDINA UNICOLOR, var. There are in the British Museum twelve specimens from the Albert Nyanza, received from the late General Gordon and Sir Samuel Baker, which are precisely similar to those just obtained from Emin Pasha. They may be regarded as a well-marked variety of P. unicolor, Oliver, although differing considerably in outline from the typical form. They appear to be smaller and narrower ; the whorls are more rounded and without any indication of angulation at the upper parts, and exhibit more spiral striation. The colour seems to vary considerably : some are entirely of a pale rosy tint; others are nearly white ; one or two specimens belonging to Mr. Waller are of a pur- plish-brown colour, a few are olive-yellow, and the majority exhibit a more or less distinct pale zone at the periphery, which sometimes has a dark band below it. 54 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS {Jan. 17, 5. CLEOPATRA EMINI, 0. sp. Testa ovato-acuminata, anguste umbilicata, mediocriter tenuis, sordide albida, lutea vel purpureo-fusca, interdum rufo bi- vel trizonata ; anfractus 7-8, superne decliviter tabulati, angulati, carinis duobus instructi, lineis incrementi parum obliquis, distincte striati; apertura ovalis, parva, longit. totius 3 haud equans ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari leviter expanso et reflexo. Longit. 114 millim., diam. 6 ; apertura 5 longa, 3% lata. Fe, 2. Cleopatra emini. This pretty species is remarkable for the angulation and cari- nation of the whorls. In five of the specimens at hand there are two keels upon the whorls, whereof the upper and rather stronger one is at the angle, the other being around the middle of the last volution and revolving up the spire just above the sutural line. In one example there is a third slight lira or keel upon the upper part of the whorl between the suture and the angle; and in another specimen the peripherial carina has become obsolete upon the body-whorl and is represented by a colour-band. C. bulimoides, Olivier, if keeled and angulated, would closely resemble this species. The operculum in both species is the same, It is spiral at first with a raised edge, and increases afterwards concentrically. Three specimens of this species have been liberally presented to the Museum by the Rev. H. Waller. 6. ByTHINIA ALBERTI, N. sp. Testa parva, subglobosa, brevis, anguste umbilicata, alba, epidermide tenui lutescente induta ; anfractus 4, perconveai, lineis incrementi striati, ultimus haud elongatus ; apertura submagna, fere ovalis, longit. totius } paulo superans; peristoma continuum, leviter incrassatum, margine columellari anguste reflexo. Longit. 4 ; diam. maj. fere 4 millim. The chief distinguishing features of this little species are its short stumpy growth and the narrow umbilicus. Of the known African species, B. badiella, received by the British Muscum from Parreyss with the locality “ Egypt,” is the nearest ally of the present form. It is, however, of a somewhat different shape, has a smaller aperture, and is more narrowly perforate. 7. BYTHINIA WALLERI, 0D. sp. Testa parva, albido-pellucida, nitida, perforata; anfractus 43-5, perconveai, striis increment tenuissimis sculpti ; apertura rotunde 1888. | FROM THE ALBERT NYANZA. 55 ovata, longit. totius } haud equans ; peristoma tenue, conti- nuum, marginibus externi et basali levissime expansis. Longit. 5 millim., diam. 3; apertnra 21 x 2. Fig. 3. Bythinia walleri. This is very different in form from B. alberti, having a much higher spire and smaller aperture, The single specimen is at present in the possession of the Rev. H. Waller. 8. PLANoRBIS SUDANICUS. Pl. sudanicus, v. Martens, Mal. Blit. 1870, vol. xvii. p- 35; 1874, p. 41; Pfeiffer, Novit. Conch. vol. iv. p. 23, pl. 114. f. 6-9 ; Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 349. Hab. White Nile (Consul Petherick in Brit. Mus.); Gazelle River (Bahr-el-Ghasal) (v. Martens) ; Albert Nyanza (Baker and Emin) ; Tanganyika (Smith). It is interesting to note the distribution of this species as dimly indicating a connection between the two lakes, which at present is but a matter of conjecture. 9. PLANORBIS STANLEYI, 2. sp. Testa mediocriter depressa, utrinque subequaliter concava, nitida, oblique striata, vix semipellucida, cornea, inferne pallida; anfrac- tus 4, celeriter accrescentes, rotundati, ultimus magnus, antice paulo inflatus, sutura profunda sejunctus ; apertura magna, obliqua, plerumque supra anfr. penultimum elevata ; perist. tenue, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari leviter incrassato et refleco. Diam. 9, alt. 43; apertura 42 longa, 3} millim. lata. This species is remarkable for the rapid enlargement of the last whorl, which ends in a very open aperture and usually is produced above the penultimate whorl ; in some specimens, however, it descends somewhat. 10. CorsicuLa Rap1a4Ta, Philippi. Cyrena radiata (Parreyss, MS.), Philippi, Abbild. vol. ii. p. 78, piy!.f. 8. Hab. White Nile (Bahr-el-Abiad) (Philippi); Albert Nyanza (Baker and Emin) ; Lake Nyassa (Smith, P. Z. S. 1877 p- 718). 11, CorgicuLa pustLua, Philippi. Cyrena pusilla (Parreyss, MS.), Philippi, Abbild. vol. ii. p- 78, Ried t 7. Hab. Upper part of the Nile (Philippi) ; Syene or Assouan on the Nile (Parreyss in Brit. Mus.). 56 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA (Jan. 17, 12. Unto aeypriacus, Caillaud. Hab. Various parts of the Nile; Albert Nyanza (Baker). 13. Unio cariuaunt, Férussac. Hab. Same as preceding. 14. UNIO BAKERI. Unio bakeri, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 376. Hab. Albert Nyanza (Baker and Emin). Only one fresh and two dead valves without the epidermis were obtained by Sir Samuel Baker. Five odd valves, which have been presented by Mr. Waller to the Museum and are in geod cendition, show that this species, like most others of the genus, is very variable in form, and that the extent and coarseness of the zigzag wrinkling of the surface is very inconstant. A number of so-called species of Unio described by Bourguignat ! from the Victoria Nyanza approach very closely to U. bakert, and indeed I should be surprised if several of them on comparison might not satisfactorily be classed with it. 15. Unio ACUMINATUS. Unio acuminatus, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 376. The two valves collected by Sir S. Baker are all that is known of this species. It is of a more slender form than the preceding, and has down the posterior dorsal area two subparallel shallow grooves or impressed rays with a raised space between them. This feature is represented in U. bakeri by two divergent colour-rays in the same part, but rather more remote from one another. 5. On the Lepidoptera received from Dr. Emin Pasha. By Artuour G. Burisr, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. [Received December 5, 1887.] The Lepidoptera received from Dr. Emin Pasha are referable to no less than 156 species, of which thirteen Butterflies and two Moths are new to science ; one or two of these are extremely variable and, had the extremes only been obtained, might fairly have been regarded as distinct species. The collection contains a combination of South-western and North-eastern forms, by far the greater number, especially of those obtained at Wadelai in 1887, being identical with Abyssinian species; a few more southerly forms, identical with species from Kilma-njaro, crop up here and there, such as Junonia infracta, Terucolus aurigineus, and others, 1 Moll. fluy, du Nyanza Oukéréwé (Victoria Nyanza), Paris, 1883, pp. 3-15. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA, 57 RHOPALOCERA. NYMPHALID&. Eveia@inz. 1, Limnas CHRySIPPUS. Papilio chrysippus, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764). 3 2. Kangasi, 7th and 20th July; 2. Féda, 26th November, 1885, Stazione Gadda, 20th February, 1886; ¢ 9. Monbuttu, July and August (18867); Wadelai, 12th January, 5th and 11th March, 1887. From this form to its variety Z. alcippoides there is a perfect tran- sitional series commencing with a mere whitening of the median branches of the secondaries and gradually increasing to a well-defined white patch. Var. atcrpporpEs, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 238, pl. xxxi. fig. 1. 3 2. Kangasi, 17th and 25th July and 21st November, 1883 ; 3. Stazione Gadda, 7th May, 1884; ¢ 2. Féda, 23rd November, 1885 ; Monbuttu, July and August ; Wadelai, 12th and 13th Jan- uary, 1887. This is also linked by intermediate steps to L. alcippus: the latter therefore, though a good constant species on the West Coast from Sierra Leone northwards, can here, as at Aden, be only regarded as a variety of L. chrysippus. Var. aucrppus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exxvii. E, F (1779). 3 2. Tobbo, 21st May; Kangasi, 14th, 17th, 20th, 22nd, 25th, and 27th July ; 12th and 17th October; 14th, 18th, and 21st No- vember ; Stazione Bauri, September 1883; Stazione Gadda, 26th January, 1884; Fdéda, 1st November, 1885; Wadelai, 13th and 27th January, 1887; Monbuttu in July and August. 2. LiMNAs KLUGII. Limnas klugii, Butler, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 758. n. 2. Q. Féda, 17th and 23rd November, 1885. Three examples of this species were obtained at Féda; none elsewhere. No intermediates tending to link it to L. chrysippus exist in the collection, so that probably it does not interbreed with the latter in any of the localities visited. 3. TIRUMALA PETIVERANA. Danais limniace, var. petiverana, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 93, pl. 12. fig. 1 (1847). Stazione Bauri, September 1883 ; Kangasi, 27th July and 14th November, 1883 ; Monbuttu, in July and August. This is a common South-western torm. 4, AMAURIS HYALITES. Amauris hyalites, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 209 (1874). 3 2. Kangasi, 17th and 27th July, 1883. 58 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, Originally described from a specimen taken at Ambriz by the late Mr. Monteiro. SATYRINE. 5. GNOPHODES DIVERSA. Gnophodes diversa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p- 333 (1880). Féda, 28th October and 10th November, 1885. Smaller than Natal specimens, but otherwise identical. 6. MxrLANITIS SOLANDRA, var. Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500. n. 244 (1775). Q. Stazione Bauri, July 1883; ¢. Féda, 23rd October, 1885. This is the Congo type of the species ; whether it is distinct from the M. helena of Westwood or even from the true M. leda of Linnzeus can only be shown by careful breeding ; that it is distinct from my M. determinata (the M. leda of Indian authors) may be safely taken for granted, since the red-brown, rufous, and russet types do not occur in India. It is true that in 1867, as Mr. Trimen says, I communicated a paper to the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ in which I described the whole of the olive-brown and rufous types, all the simple-winged and faleated types, all the ocellated and non-ocellated types as varieties of M. Jeda; but I must confess that after the lapse of 20 years I feel considerable doubt as to the correctness of my then untrained opinion ; as a matter of fact, nobody has conclu- sively proved the identity or non-identity of the many named types which have been associated under the name of MW. leda. This bemg the case I prefer, when naming a collection, to quote the description or figure which fits the specimens before me, though at the same time I abstain from adding to the series of names which may have to be abolished. 7. MYCALESIS INJUSTA. : Mycalesis injusta, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 33. n. 1 (1857). Féda, 22nd and 23rd October, 1885; Monbuttu, July and August. 8. MyYCALESIS EUSIRUS. Mycalesis eusirus, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 641. Nels 3. Tobbo, 21st May, 1883. 9. MycaLEsiIs CAFFRA. Mycalesis caffra, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 34. n. 2 (1857). Kangasi, 22nd July, 1883; Fdéda, 26th November, 1885. The three preceding forms have been regarded as varieties of one 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 59 species, but the arguments brought forward in favour of their identity are not conclusive. Mr. Trimen regards all three as varieties of M. safitza, and adduces the fact that Hopffer himself marked his M. eusirus as synonymous with M. safitza, as conclusive evidence ; unfortunately naturalists are but human, and it is astonishing what a difference abundant material will make in a man’s views as to the distinctness of species. 10. SAMANTA PERSPICUA. Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. Loudon, 1873, p- 104, pl. 1. fig. 3. Tobbo, 21st May, 1883. 11. YprHtMA PUPILLARIS, sp. 0. Allied to Y. doleta ; smoky brown ; wings above with pale external borders bounded internally by a darker stripe and traversed by two slender marginal lines ; primaries with a large oval bipupillated ocellus, with blue pupils and yellow (dead-golden) iris, beyond the cell ; secondaries with a smaller unipupillated ocellus on first median interspace and a very small double ocellus near anal angle: Under surface apparently similarly coloured but greyer, but actually (when seen through a lens) sandy brown, densely striated with dark olive- brown, with a stripe towards outer margin and a submarginal line dark brown ; a marginal black line ; fringe tipped with dark brown ; ocellus of primaries rather brighter than above: secondaries with three ocelli, the first subcostal near apex ; the second and third small, rounded, answering to those of the upper surface, but more equal in size and shape; the subanal ocellus, however, is bipupillated. Ex- panse of wings, ¢ 38 millim., 2 36 millim. 2. On the River Dangu,” 14th June; ¢. “Ganyese Tambu (Sandel),” 15th June, 1883. The female is a little paler and greyer than the male. 12. YeTHIMA SIMPLICIA. Ypthima simplicia, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. Xviil. p. 481 (1876). Wadelai, 30th July, 1885; 9th April, 1887. Originally received from Abyssinia. 13. YPTHIMA ITONIA. Ypthima itonia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 287. n. 11, pl. 18. fig. 13 (1865). Kangasi, 17th July ; Stazione Bauri, September 1883. Only two much-damaged examples were obtained. 14. YPrHIMA ALBIDA, sp. n. Wings above silvery white; primaries with the base, costa, apical area, and external border suffused with smoky greyish brown; a partially obscured oval bipupillated subapical ocellus of the ordinary type : secondaries with a rather broad brown external border tapering 60 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Jan. 17, from anal angle to apex; an indication of a small ocellus near the outer margin on the first median interspace: under surface dark smoky brown, sparsely transversely striated with white ; primaries with one and secondaries with three ocelli arranged as in Y. pupillaris. Expanse of wings 39 millim. 3. Fdéda, 20th October, 1885. A rather worn male of this remarkable species was obtained ; unlike all the other species in the genus, it resembles Euptychia ocirrhoé on the upper surface. NyYMPHALIN&. 15, CHARAXES LUCRETIUS. Papilio lucretius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 82. F, G (1779). @. Monbuttu, July or August. 16. CHARAXES POLLUX. Papilio pollu, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 37. E, F (1776). 3. Monbuttu, July or August. 17. CHARAXES KIRKI. 2. Charazxes kirkii, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xvii. p. 105 (1881). 3d. Toro, Féda, 27th October, 1885. The male is velvety blue-black ; the primaries with a narrow bronze-greenish border, divided by dusky veins; the base shot with steel-blue ; a blue spot within the anterior angle of the cell, three opaline white spots (only the central one large) at one third the distance from discoidal cell to apex, two similarly coloured spots and a dot at two thirds: secondaries with a bronze-greenish marginal lunulated stripe, followed by a black fringe, the first four divisions enclosing dark red curved dashes, the remainder more or less golden ; a submarginal series of more or less lunate spots, separated from the greenish border by black curved dashes or semicircular spots ; this series consists of white-edged spots, all, excepting two confluent ones at the anal angle (which are violet), being blue-green; a short distance from the submarginal series is a discal lunulate green line ; on the under surface the male much resembles the female, differing just as the other black males do from their respective females. 18. PALUA VARANES. Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 160. D, E (1779). A fragment of this species was captured at Faro on the 7th November, 1885. 19. HypoLiMNAS MISIPPUS. Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764). 3. Stazione Bauri, September; 3 2. Kangasi, 2nd, 16th, and 17th October and 21st November, 1883; Monbuttu in July and August. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 61 20. HypoLIMNAS INARIA. Papilio inaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 214. A, B (1782). Wadelai: ¢ Q. 13th and 27th January; ¢. 29th and 31st March; 8th and 9th April, 1887. This local form of H. misippus is chiefly distinguishable in the female sex, which resembles Limnas klugii; it can hardly be called a variety of H. misippus, inasmuch as it replaces it in the same localities in which L. Alugii replaces L. chrysippus; yet the males of H. misippus and H. inaria seem almost, if not absolutely, iden- tical in character. 21. HypoLtimNnas SALMACIS. Papilio salmacis, Drury, Il. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. 8. figs. 1, 2 (1773). A worn example was taken at Monbuttu in July or August. 22. PANOPEA LUCRETIA. Papilio lucretia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 45. C, D (1779). A good male example. Monbuttu, July or August. 23. CyMOTHOE CANIS. Papilio canis, Drury, Il. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. 19. figs. 1, 2 (1779). Kangasi, 13th November, 1883 ; Monbuttu, July and August. 24. EURYPHENE PLISTONAX. Euryphene plistonax, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. v. ur. pl. 9. figs. 38, 39 (1871). @. Kangasi, 11th August, 1883. Originally received from Angola. 25. EuPHEZDRA ELEUS. Papilio eleus, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. iii. pl. 12. figs. 1, 2 (1782). @. Kangasi, 24th July, 1883. 26. ATERICA CUPAVIA. Papilio cupavia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 183. E, F (1780). 6. Foéda, 3rd November, 1885. 27. ATERICA VERONICA, var. Papilio veronica, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 325. C, D (1782). g. Stazione Bauri, September 1883. The single example obtained is of a rich rufous-chocolate colour below, but does not differ in markings from the typical form. 28. HAMANUMIDA DADALUS. Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482. n. 174 (1775). Stazione Bauri, September 1883 ; Foda, 22nd, 23rd, 26th, 28th, and 31st October, and 25th November, 1885 ; Wadelai, 16th January, 1887; Monbuttu in July or August. 62 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA (Jan. 17, 29. JUNONIA WESTERMANNI. Junonia westermanni, Westwood, Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 278 (1870). 3+ Monbuttu, July or August. 30. JUNONIA CLELIA, Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 21. E, F (1775). 3 2. Stazione Bauri, September 1883; Fdéda, 20th November, 1885 ; Monbuttu in July and August; Wadelai, 11th, 13th, 20th, 27th, and 31st January, 1887. 31, JUNONIA CEBRENE. Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353. 3. Monbuttu; ¢ 2. Wadelai, 27th January, 5th February, 1887. 32. JUNONIA BOOPIS. Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331. do. Stazione Bauri, September; 9. Kangasi, 18th November, 1883; Monbuttu. Mr. Trimen appears to me to have been unfortunate in defining the distinctive characters between this form and J. orithyia; so far as I can judge, he must have had either the Malayan J. wallacei or the Javan J. ocyale before him when making his comparison. The width of the subapical bar on the primaries is very variable ; indeed it varies quite one third in the three examples above enumerated : the adjacent yellow markings also vary not a little ; the black streak intersecting the lower part of the bar between the two ocelli is want- ing in J. wallacei, slightly indicated in J. ocyale and J. orithyia, rather stronger in the Indian J. swinhoez, still stronger in the Aus- tralian J. albicincta, strongest in J. here and J. bodpis, but it is not absolutely constant ; the blue of the hind wings is slightly more re- stricted than in any of the other forms, and thisis, I think, a reliable character, but the tint is variable in all the forms, and therefore is valueless as a distinctive character; the colour of the white spots is also untrustworthy, but the border of the secondaries in all our specimens is greyish, especially in male examples, hardly a trace of white appearing between the black lines in specimens of this sex ; indeed, the hind marginal striee hardly merit the term ‘ whitish ” used in Mr. Trimen’s description. The example figured on his plate seems unusually large for a male, and the form of its primaries is that of a female; but for Mr. Trimen’s declaration that it is a male, I should have suspected it to be hermaphrodite. The colouring of the under surface in typical J. ortthyia, from China, is browner (more argillaceous, in fact) than in any of the allied forms. I would therefore define J. bodpis as differing from J. orithyia in the four following characters :— 1. Subapical white bar of primaries, always in the male aad 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA, 63 generally in the female, crossed by black veins as in J. here and J. albicincta. 2. Blue area of secondaries in the male more restricted towards the costal margin. 3. Hind marginal pale strie in the male grey instead of pure white or bone-white. 4. Under-surface coloration decidedly paler, almost as pale as in J. here and J. swinhoei. I have made the above observations because I believe J. bodpis to be a good species, and because I feel satisfied that in the present instance my usually most reliable friend has failed, from want of sufficient material, to indicate its real distinctive characters. 33. JUNONIA INFRACTA, Sp. 0. Allied to J. sophia; the males of the same colours, only slightly redder above ; the female before me white instead of fulvous; the yellow belt immediately beyond the basal area of primaries unbroken, forming a regular curved band, divided by the nervures; in the female the basal area is black ; on the under surface the black-edged brown oblique band halfway between the cell and apex of primaries is considerably narrower than in J. sophia; and the angular band, which in that species runs from the inferior angle of the cell to the external angle (partly bounding the whitish postmedian patch), is absent ; in other respects the two species are almost identical. Ex- panse of wings, ¢ 45 millim., 2 50 millim. ¢. Tobbo, 22nd May, Védada, 16th June, 1883. Q. Forests of Tiveta, Kilima-njaro, March 1885 (Bishop Hanningion). Speaking of the white variety of the male of J. sophia, which looks like a small Panopea lucretia, Mr. Trimen calls attention to the fact that whilst M. Oberthiir mentions it, “he does not say whether the variety in question obtains in the female as well as in the male.” The only female of the allied J. infracta in our pos- session being black and white, it is highly probable that a similar form of the female occurs in J. sophia; so far as my experience goes, melanism is much commoner in the female than in the male sex. 34. JUNONIA AMESTRIS. Papilio amestris, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. iii. pl. 20. figs. 3, 4 (1782). Stazione Gadda, 14th and 16th January, 1884. Seven examples of this pretty species were obtained, exhibiting very little variation in colouring and none in pattern. 35. JUNONIA CLOANTHA, Papilio cloantha, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 338. A, B (1782). Wadelai, 5th and 12th March, 1887. 36. JUNONIA CUAMA. Junonia cuama, Wewitson, Exot, Butt. ii. Jun. pl. 1. figs. 4, 5 (1864). Wadelai, 27th January, 1887. 64 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA (Jan. 17, 37. JUNONIA MICROMERA- Junonia micromera, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. xviil. p. 482 (1876). 3 2. Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. Originally described from Abyssinian examples. 38. JUNONIA PELARGA. Papilio pelarga, Fabricius, Syst. Ent, p. 513. n. 296 (1775). 3d. Kangasi, 21st November, 1883; 2. Wadelai, 27th January, 1887. 39. JUNONIA GALAMI. Vanessa galami, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 46 (1833). 3. Kangasi, 20th November, 1883. 40. JUNONIA TEREA. | Papilio terea, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 18. figs. 3, 4 (1773). 3. Védada, 16th June; Kangasi, 23rd July ; Stazione Bauri, September 1883; 2. Féda, 28th October, 1885. 41. JUNONIA CHORIMENE. Vanessa chorimene, Guérin, Icon. Regne Anim., Ins. texte, p. 476 (1844). Q. Féda, 27th October, 1885; ¢ 2. Wadelai, 8th and 9th April, 1887. 42. PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII. Papilio anacardii, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764). 3. Monbuttu, July or August. 43. ATELLA COLUMBINA. Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iil. pl. 238. A, B (1782). ¢. Stazione Gadda, 6th January, 1886. One headless example. 44. HyPanis ILITHYIA. Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 17. figs. 1, 2 (1773). 6. Wadelai, 24th January, 1887. 45. Hypanis GOETZIUS. Papilio goetzius, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. ix. pl. 258. figs. 1-4 (1798). @. Féda, 20th October, 1885; ¢. Wadelai, 8th April, 1887. It is difficult to comprehend the reluctance of lepidopterists to recognize the species of this genus; they are better defined than any of the species of Melita, and therefore far more easy to distinguish. The present species is the Western and Eastern form of the more Southern H. acheloia. 1888. ] FROM EQUATORIAL AFRICA. 65 46. NEPpTIS AGATHA. Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 327. A, B (1782). Gaynese Tambu (Sandel), 15th June; Kangasi, 17th July, 14th and 20th November, 1883; Stazione Gadda, 16th January, 1884 ; Féda, 22nd, 27th, and 3lst October, 3rd, 4th, and 26th November, 1885; Wadelai, 12th and 20th January, and 31st March, 1887. 47. NEPpTIS MARPESSA. Neptis marpessa, Hopffer, in Peters’s Reise n. Mo. Ele| Pl 2 ge. Pai i a ie ef Blalal|a| sd jias REPTILIA. Crocopinta. 1. Crocodilus porosus, Schn. ...........2+8 Seay ea fe * Lacnrrita. 2. Gymnodactylus pelagicus, Gir.......... x | * 3. Gehyra oceanica, Less, ......scccecee++ ae tse eer se | has *4. Lepidodactylus guppyi, Blgr. ......... * *5. woodfordi, Blgr. ......0..s0.seee0s * 6. Gecko vittatus, Houtt. ........cceccecees ol cea uals * 7. Gonyocephalus godeffroyi, Pérs. ......) ... | ... | * |... |... * 8. Varanus indicus, Daud. ..........20.0000 a hi, lal (A ct We * *9, Corucia zebrata, Gray. ......s.ceecscovee| os .| * * *10. Lygosoma solomonis, Blgr. ............ * cAlil WOOGTOrI, UBIQTES denenssennrcrsnsns * *12, concinnatum, Blgr. ............4.. % 13. —— smaragdinum, Less. .............6. pe See He *14 ANOlig, WOT Masten seeee soe sce cesses Std le eel ey * 15. —— cyanurum, Less.............2.000000 * | * | * | ]-% * 16. cyanogaster, Less, ......:.....s0s0+ * * | * * V7 .. ——= MiP rUMs iS coc ccncadaeawesne ose * x | * | * * 18. —— albofasciolatum, Gthr. ............ * * OpuipiA. *19. Typhlops aluensis, Blgr.............0.++ A ia i 20. Enygrus carinatus, Schn. ............-+ * | «| «x | # | # * 21 bubromiselhh ‘ea pecascenc, veverwees Seed Ipeee> |\aows” li tease ese * 22. Dendrophis calligaster, Gthr. ......... sree al eo cts | aoa 23 solomonis, Gthr. .........seeeeee es so aS 4 nein | oa ae * 24, Dipsas irregularis, Merr. ............+.- * | «| x*« | «| # *25. Hoplocephalus par, Blg7. ..........0006 * *26. melanunrus; igre ass. -dss-n- acres oen| deel i| esa etna ee uy WOOULORGI; Bon tenmab one aeobsteenen ae lsh teeyal Bae 28. Platurus fasciatus, Daud. ..........0+0- BATRACHIA. *]. Rana bufoniformis, Blgr. ...........2+-. De cae) oe . PUPP VIGO sn-ccessceaeetosr essere HW ll econ lessee ay opisthodon, Blgr. ..........00+0.00. * | * *4, Kereta: BLGT cccagscesusecsos ontsee Freel es «ese opal |i % 5. Cornufer dorsalis, A. Dum. ............ * #6. RUPPYisPBUGh. --cesqasesess esse cee fe eS ie 7. —— corrugatus, A. Dum. .............:- dict) | areas | coco ts tea oat *8. ROIOMOMIS LOT cba scee cae est cee ne * * Be ieee. ||096 *9. Batrachylodes vertebralis, Blgr. ......| * | *10. Ceratobatrachus guentheri, Blgr. ...... Cel ec ie lc Sal hae Vag (PATA P EVILS LGT: «\Satcccs sn esdeesrcsotees * | *12. -———SMBONOPS, BIG?. ...csscesovsassaneae Pox tll cane]! SOF ciate all ack | *13. —— thesaurensis, Pérs................00 Bar| ces Pree 1888. | ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 91 2. Descriptions of some new Lepidoptera from Kilima-njaro. By Arruur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8, &e. [Received December 14, 1887.] Examples of some of the species here described were collected by the late Bishop Hannington and of others by Mr. F. J. Jackson ; in not a few cases specimens of the same species were obtained by both gentlemen. RHOPALOCERA. NYMPHALID&. EUPLOCcINe. 1, AMAURIS HANNINGTON], Sp. n. Primaries black, with pure white markings as in A. egialea, excepting that all the larger spots are reduced one third in size ; secondaries dark brown, with a sharply defined oblong belt united by a short band to costa, from the abdominal margin to a little above the cell, sordid white ; seven submarginal white spots, the relative sizes of which, reckoning from costa, are 4, 6, 5, 1, 2, 7, 3; two or three white dots nearer to the margin; under surface only differing from the upper surface as in the allied A. egialea and A. hyalites. Expanse of wings 81 millim. Two males ; Hills of Terta in April (Hannington). ACREINZE. The female of Acrea (Planema) johnstoni of Godman was in the same collection and is evidently modified in imitation of the foregoing Amauris; it is black, with four white spots arranged obliquely in pairs and a dull white or yellowish belt across the secondaries as in the male; the receipt of this female is most inter- esting, as it is a clue to the position of the species, which is clearly seen to be allied to A. (P.) lycoa from the west coast ; one example was received from the Hills of Terta, another between 3000-8000 feet on the slopes of Kilima-njaro in March. 2. PLANEMA MONTANA, Sp. Nn. 3. Allied to P. aganice, but differing in the bright orange-fulvous colour of the bands and in the greater width of the angulated band of primaries. Expanse of wings 68 millim. Slopes of Kilima-njaro, 3000-5000 feet, in March (Hannington). NYMPHALINE. 3. EURYPHENE VIOLACEA, sp. 0. i 3 Q. Allied to HL. neophron of Hopffer (a common Zanzibar species), but differing in the purple instead of greenish-blue colora- uion of the upper surface, the uarrower and duller orange-ochreous belt across the black apical half of primaries, and the more prominent 92 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW [Feb. 7, longer apical ochreous patch; on the under surface the ground- colour is suffused with yellow instead of with lilac, and the white markings are washed with yellowish; a distinctly dull yellow patch replacing the white spot at apex of primaries. Expanse of wings ¢ 70 millim.; 92 87 millim. Slopes of Kilima-njaro, 3000-5000 feet, in March (Hannington). This appears to be a fairly common species, it was also obtained by Mr. Jackson; but, unfortunately, his specimens were all more or less damaged by some larger insects, which got loose in the box and broke them on the way home. Amongst other Mymphaline, Mr. Jackson obtained Hurytela dryope and ZZ. ophione and a Neptis allied to N. melicerte (two specimens of which from Zanzibar stand in the Hewitson collection along with the latter species). 4, Nepris coocuit, Trimen, var. Nearly allied to N. melicerte, but the white discoidal patch of primaries reduced to a small spot near the end of the cell; the large discal spots wider, those of the upper patch placed less obliquely and therefore more compactly together ; the belt of secondaries broader avd with more convex inner edge; on the under surface the dis- coidal spot is large and fills the cell, but the other differences hold good. Expanse of wings 44 millim. Kilima-njaro (f. J. Jackson). The specimens from Zanzibar are smaller and the discoidal spot is a little larger than in the type; they represent the common form of the species. PAPILIONID®. PIERINz. Mr. Jackson obtained no less than eleven species ef Teracolus, and Bishop Hannington two others, viz :— Teracolus mutans. In the forests of Tiveta (Hannington). aurigineus. In the forests of Tiveta (Hannington and Jackson). venustus, sp.n. Kilima-njaro (Jackson). chrysonome, 6 2. Kilima-njaro (Hannington) calais, 3 Q. Kailima-njaro (Jackson). leo, 6 Q. Forests of Tiveta (Hannington and Jackson). miles, 6 Q. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Hannington and Jackson). pseudacaste, 3. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Jackson). citreus, 6 2. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Jackson). incretus, 6 2. Forests of Tiveta (Hannington and Jackson). antevippe, 6. Kilima-njaro (Jackson). omphaloides. Kilima-njaro (Jackson). comptus, sp. . Kailima-pjaro (Jackson). In my monograph of Teracolus (P. Z.S. 1876), I placed T. leo as synonymous with 7’. halimede of Klug; my type was a faded and 1888. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 93 somewhat worn male, received from the White Nile; the fresh specimens now in the collection prove me to have been wrong in doing so, the characters which distinguish the two forms being well marked and constant. In 7. leo the saffron-yellow of the primaries extends only from the inner margin upwards to the first median branch, whereas in 7’. halimede it spreads to above the third branch; all the black markings are smaller and much more prominent in T’. leo, but the female has a blackish bar across the cell of primaries, limiting the grey basal area ; this sex also has the apex of primaries and the whole ground-colour of secondaries of a sandy-buff hue, the latter wings having a conspicuous white spot at the end of the celi and an unevenly arched series of brown spots across the disc ; some females have no saffron-yellow on the upper surface. The female of 7. miles proves to be a black-and-white form, not unlike the white female of 7’. pseudacaste, but with less black above, the veins at apex of primaries below not blackened, and the second- aries buff instead of white; there is, however, a red-tipped female which, I think, belongs to the same species and which has the apex of primaries and ground-colour of the secondaries below sulphur- yellow. The female of 7. citreus from Kilima-njaro is, on the upper- side, very like that sex of J. topha, but the black markings are reduced and more sharply defined ; below it more nearly resembles T, xanthevarne 9, the secondaries white with pale yellowish-brown markings and olive and black mottling as in 7’. eucharis 2, but with a conspicuous brown-edged white discocellular spot. The synonymy of YZ. ineretus will, as I suspected, stand as follows :— TERACOLUS INCRETUS. 2. TLeracolus incretus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146 (1881). 3. Callosune vulnerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 23. fig. 21 (1884). Both sexes of this, the largest species of the 7. evarne group, were obtained both by Bishop Hannington and Mr. Jackson; so that there is now no doubt of the correctuess of my expressed opinion that C. vulnerata would prove to be the male of my species ; the figure by Staudinger is poor, the colouring of the secondaries being exaggerated and the black bordering of the primaries incorrectly drawn, still it is as good as the majority of the illustrations in this book, which (whatever its faults may be) has the merit of being cheap. As with other species of the 7. evarne group, a white form of the female is by no means uncommon ; it is a little smaller than the yellow female and, excepting in its superior size and in the details of marking on the under surface, greatly resembles that sex of T. topha. The male, on the under surface, is extremely variable ; indeed no two specimens are alike; the foliowing may be noted :— a. Secondaries below whitish sulphur, excepting at the borders, which are pure sulphur-yellow; a minute dusky costal spot, dark 94 MR. A G. BUTLER ON NEW [Feb. 7, brown discocellular spot with white pupil, and six minute black marginal dots between the veins. b. Secondaries below sulphur-yellow throughout, two additional brown spots, on the interno-median and second median interspaces. c. Secondaries below flesh-pink with yellowish margins, the whole surface mottled with indistinct olive spots, a dusky longi- tudinal streak through the cell; other markings as in var. a, but less distinct. d. Secondaries inclining to ferruginous excepting towards apex, where the ground-tint is yellow, a yellowish streak above a black- mottled dusky longitudinal streak through the cell; the whole remaining surface mottled with olive and black ; other markings as in var. 4, but larger. In addition to the above modifications, the black border on the upper surface of the primaries varies both in width and length; but its inner edge is always more or less dentate-sinuated. 5. TERACOLUS VENUSTUS, Sp. n. g. Above like asmall specimen of 7. aurigineus, but with narrow external black borders to the wings, a smaller spot at the end of the discoidal cell of primaries, and the black band of secondaries terminating at third median branch ; below it also differs in having the apex and outer border of primaries and ground-colour of secondaries sandy buff instead of sulphur-yellow. Expanse of wings 36 millim. Kilima-njaro (F. J. Jackson). Allied to the preceding is a species of which we have received no less than nine specimens from Somali-land, but which, from an omission to examine them individually, I confounded with the T. chrysonome of Klug; I describe it as follows :— TERACOLUS HELVOLUS, sp. n. Nearly allied to J. chrysonome, the wings a little shorter and smaller; the indication of a band across the secondaries much more decided ; the discal zigzag band of primaries below ending in a black spot; the apex and outer border of primaries and _ entire ground-colour of secondaries on the under surface flesh-pink instead of sulphur-yellow. Expanse of wings 33-35 millim. T. chrysonome measures 40—44 millim. in expanse ; it is a wider- ranging species than 7’. helvolus, which is probably restricted to Somali-land. 6. TERACOLUS COMPTUS, Sp. n. Nearly allied to 7’. antigone, which we have in both sexes from Accra, but larger, the wings decidedly longer, the black external border of primaries narrower ; the black spots of secondaries much smaller ; the internal band on the male more or less prominent, more so than in our specimen of 7’. antigoue, in both males before me; the orange apical patch of the male broader and not so red ; the black apical patch in the female connected by a line of black 1888. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 95 scales with the internal band, which is much darker than in 7. untigone ; the cell, however, is not suffused with grey at the base as in that species ; costal band much blacker; marginal spots smaller towards anal angle. Expanse of wings 38 millim. Kilima-njaro (F. J. Jackson). Before proceeding to another genus I think it will be useful to refer to two species described by Herr Aurivillius in the ‘ Ofversigt Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl.’ for 1879, in a memoir on the Lepidoptera of Damara-land. The first of these is described as Callosune deidamioides and is, I believe, only a slight variety of C. eveninus, which varies con- siderably in the very characters used for discriminating C. deida- mioides. The second is named C. damarensis ; it answers perfectly to some of the male specimens of my Z. ignifer, var., and I do not doubt its identity with that form; it may be a good species, but the points which separate it from typical JT. zgnifer are very slight, the principal distinction being the pinker tint of the under surface of the secondaries. 7. MYLOTHRIS NARCISSUS, sp. n. Nearest to M. trimenia, of the same colours, but the primaries quite distinct in pattern, the base being broadly black (to the middle of the discoidal cell) in the male and dark brown in the female; the costal margin black ; apical black border and marginal spots of male fully three times as broad as in M. t¢rimenia; in the female there is a broad dark brown external border tapering on the costal margin, its inner edge acutely tridentate on the median branches and its posterior termination, obtusely pointed, extending one third towards the base ; first marginal black spot of secondaries enlarged in both sexes, but especially in the male, other spots smaller than in M. trimenia: on the under surface the apex of primaries and entire surface of secondaries are sulphur-yellow in the male and chrome- yellow in the female, not gamboge-yellow as in the S.- African insect ; there are also no black marginal spots on the primaries and those of the secondaries are smaller. Expanse of wings ¢ 53 millim., 92 54 millim. Forests of Tiveta (Hannington). The costal margin of the primaries is noticeably shorter in this species than in M. trimenia. Mr. Jackson obtained a species of Terias allied to 7. chalcomieta, or perhaps that species; it is not absolutely constant in pattern, and some examples differ so little from the common type of Aden that I am unwilling to separate it. As it has been suggested to me that T. chalcomieta is “ only a variety”? of T. hecabe, I may say once for all that the phrase is utterly unintelligible to me; there is only one Terias (to my knowledge) in Aden, and it is about as unlike 7. hecabe as any two species of Jertas can well be. Undoubtedly we have the strongest evidence that there once was only one Zerias and that all the species now existing are local races or climatic forms of 96 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW [Feb. 7, that probably long extinct type; but to associate, as one, all the species or half the species now existing, is to hinder the study of the genus. Those Lepidopterists who, professing to believe in evolution, practically deny its existence, inasmuch as they associate nearly all allied forms under one specific name, are constantly getting into difficulties ; so much perplexed are they as to whether they shall call a new form a “species” or a “variety,” that they will even speak of it as “more or less synonymous ”’ with something previously described. 8. HerRpPA&NIA ITERATA, Sp; 0. Nearest to H. melanarge of Somali-land, but constantly con- siderably larger, the white marginal spots of secondaries larger, the subbasal black belt broader. Expanse of wings 55 millim. Kilima-njaro (Ff. J. Jackson). Although the distinction between this form and H. melanarge is chiefly one of size (the latter expanding only 44 millim.) the constancy of this character in my opinion constitutes it a separate species and entitles it to a name of its own. Mr. Jackson obtained Nepheronia argia, the male in every respect identical with examples from Sierra Leone, the female nearest to the variety named JV. poppea, but differing above as follows :—the patch at base of primaries vermilion-red; the outer border narrower and enclosing a large white subapical spot ; the secondaries with five somewhat diffused marginal dark brown spots. I may be deemed inconsistent for not naming the foregoing form ; but as only one example has come to hand, and the females of J. argia are known to be extremely variable, I do not believe that I have anything before me but an individual sport (7. e. a variety). Dr. Boisduval, after describing the yellow female under the name of Pieris idotea, concludes by saying—‘‘ Nous n’avons pas vu la femelle.” 9. ERONIA DILATATA, Sp. 0. Nearly allied to Z. cleodora, the apical area of primaries above always matked with two and sometimes with three white spots ; secondaries almost invariably with a broader external border, often twice the width of that of Z. cleodora; below, the yellow patch on the apical area of primaries and the ground-colour of the secondaries are paler than in Z. cleodora, Jemon-yellow instead of saffron ; the outer border of secondaries is invariably much wider, and the other markings are comparatively shorter and broader than in the southern form. Expanse of wings 62-71 millim. 3. Taveta, 2000-3000 feet, in dense forest (H. H. Johnston); ¢, ©. Forests of Taveta (Bishop Hannington); Kilima-njaro (Ff. J, Jackson). As will be seen from the above description, the only satisfactory distinguishing characters in L. dilatata are the different yellow colour and much wider border to secondaries on the under surface ; 1838.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 97 but after examination of a good series of specimens I have come to the conclusion that these characters are constant. Mr. Jackson obtained three species of Papilio,—P. philonoé and P. constantinus of Ward and P. ophidicephalus of Oberthiir: the last mentioned does not differ from the southern type. HESPERIIDS. Hesperia keithloa and H. bire were obtained; also Chetocneme cerymica, one or two obscure little species which have probably been named by Monsieur Mabille or Herr Plétz, and the following :— 10. PLESIONEURA BISERIATA. Nearest to P. galenus, a little larger; primaries with the same pattern, but the spot on basal area smaller ; secondaries with two distinct sinuous series of orange spots, the inner series consisting of seven spots, of which the second is large and diamond-shaped ; the third and seventh reduced to mere points ; outer series consisting of five decreasing spots, the first and largest bifid and touching the outer margin; fringe orange, divided by black lines at the extremities of the veins; discoidal spot indistinct ; secondaries below paler than above, but similar in pattern ; in other respects this species agrees with P. ga/enus. Expanse of wings 43 millim. Kilima-njaro (¥. J. Jackson). HETEROCERA. Aellopus hirundo appears to be the common Hawk-moth; Mr. Jackson brought home six or seven specimens, but unfortunately these and many others of his moths got more or less broken, owing to some beetles getting loose and rattling about amongst them : the following, however, fortunately came to hand in splendid condition. ARCTIIDS. CHARIDEINE. 11. PoMposTOLA SMARAGDINA, sp. n. Wings blue-black, the basal fifth and the costal border to the end of the cell mottled with brilliant metallic emerald-green spots and dashes ; two cuneiform spots, confluent behind, within the cell, the inner one metallic green, the outer one hyaline white, richly glossed with emerald-green ; a quadrate green-glossed hyaline spot immediately beyond the cell; a long oblique tapering green-glossed hyaline streak from the median vein just below the double discoidal spot almost to the external angle; in some specimens, however, this streak is widely interrupted in the middle, leaving only two small spots; a subcostal metallic green streak, from the centre of which a transverse irregular green-glossed hyaline band runs almost to outer margin at about apical fourth; costal border of secondaries rufous brown ; a small hyaline white subcostal spot, followed by a Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. VII. 98 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE VISCERAL [Feb. 7, metallic emerald-green streak ; an oblique cuneiform trifid green- glossed hyaline-white spot across the middle, two large patches almost filling the interno-median and the abdominal areoles, and a minute spot near outer margin on the second median interspace ; thorax blue-black, frons and vertex of head metallic emerald-green ; collar above with two large spots of metallic golden green, a tri- angular dorsal spot of the same colour; posterior half of patagia metallic fiery copper; metathorax and the two basal segments of abdomen metallic golden green: the two following segments deep brick-red edged with black ; remaining segments blue-black, banded in front with metallic emerald-green; primaries below parplish towards the base, otherwise nearly as above; secondaries with a broad metallic-green costal stripe from base to apex; pectus bronze- brown sprinkled with metallic-green scales; legs blackish brown, the coxe of the first pair and the tibicze of the other pairs with a large white spot ; venter blue-black, with two unequal central white spots. Expanse of wings 32-41 millim. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Ff. J. Jackson and Biskop Hannington). The examples collected by Bishop Hannington are smaller and have the markings on their wings smaller and narrower than in the type collected by Mr. Jackson. LITHOSIID2. 12. LepisTa LIMBATA. Near to L. pandula, Boisd. (Dyphlebia trimenii, Feld.) ; larger, of a deeper orange-ochreous colour: the black border wider, that of primaries occupying two fifths instead of less than one third of the external area, its inner edge more oblique, that of secondaries about one third wider. Expanse of wings 24 millim. Kilima-njaro (PF. J. Jackson). We have L. pandula from Delagoa Bay. Two interesting species of Chalcosiide collected by Mr. Jackson have been separately described. Of the Liparide one species, Aroa discalis, Walk., is in the collection ; hitherto we have only received it from the Cape and Natal. Amongst the Noctuites Hurhipia bowkeri and Asymbata roseiventris, or species scarcely distinguishable from the latter, were obtained, as also the handsome but common Hypopyra capensis, 3. On certain points in the Visceral Anatomy of the Lacertilia, particularly of Monitor. By Frang E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. [Received February 7, 1888. ] The present paper contains the results of some investigations into the visceral anatomy of the Lacertilia; the specimens were in every 1888. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 99 case from the Society’s collection. The points which I have par- ticularly studied are two :—(1) the bile-ducts, which are curiously complicated in Varanus, (2) the relations of the peritoneum to the enclosed viscera. In respect of both these poiuts the Varanidze differ very strikingly from all other Lacertilia; but as the number of genera which I have been able to investigate is small, I can at present only put forward tentatively a suggested emendation in the current schemes of classification of the Lacertilia. 1. Peritoneum. In Iguana the body-cavity is a spacious pleuroperitoneal cavity lined by peritoneum, which, as in Lacerta, is deeply pigmented posteriorly ; this cavity is partially divided into two, right and left, halves by the umbilical ligament (fig. 1) ; the heart is surrounded by a special serous sac, the pericardium; beyond this there is no subdivision of the body-cavity. It is commonly stated that the diaphragm is unrepresented in the Lacertilia; the attachment of the pericardium to the parietes may, however, as has been suggested, be an indication of such a structure. In Monitor (fig. 2) there is seme little difference ; when the body- walls are cut open and reflected, the alimentary viscera are not exposed as they are in Iguana. A loose membrane covers these viscera; the membrane locks as if it were simply the lining peritoneum of the abdominal cavity which had got separated and detached from the abdominal parietes ; this is, however, not the case ; an examination by the aid of the microscope showed clearly that a layer of peritoneum covers the abdominal musculature, and is quite distinct from the horizontal membrane; in Varanus griseus the peritoneal layer was particularly distinct, for the reason that it contained numerous pigmented corpuscles. For the greater part this membrane is free from the ventral parietes; anteriorly it is attached to the median ventral line; dorsally it is attached along the spinal column ; here and ‘there it is also attached to the lateral parietes by membranous bands. It passes over the lobes of the liver and the stomach, and shuts off the lungs from the abdominal cavity. The umbilical ligament dividing the two liver-lobes is present as in Iguana, and is attached to the dorsal side of the horizontal membrane. This horizontal membrane also separates the kidneys from the reproduc- tive glands ; the latter lie internally to it; the kidneys are placed outside it. The ventral surface of this membrane bears a vein of some size, the anterior abdominal vein. The fat-body when present lies below the membrane, and is therefore shut off from the abdominal cavity. I found this membrane present, with the general arrangement that has been above stated, in Monitor gouldi. Monitor bengalensis. Varanus salvator. Varanus niloticus. 7aranus griseus. 100 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE VISCERAL [Feb. 7, On the other hand a large number of Lacertilia agree, in the structural features that have been referred to, with Iguana. I have had the opportunity of examining the following genera and species :— Lacerta. Uromastix hardwicki. Uromastix spinipes. Teius teguexin. Cyclodus gigas. Iguana tuberculata. Cyclura nubila. Plestiodon auratus. Trachydosaurus rugosus. In all of these there is a general agreement with Iguana; the Fig. 1. \ \ 1 1 i] f ' U ' Diagrammatic section through body of Lacerta. L, Liver; I, intestines; parietal layer of peritoneum and umbilical ligament indicated by a dotted line. horizontal membrane is absent for the greater part; when the fat- body is present it lies in the hinder region of the abdomen, from which, however, it is cut off by a membrane; this presumably represents the posterior region of the horizontal membrane in Varanus and Monitor. Other than this there is no trace of the horizontal septum in any of the Lizards whose names are given in the second list. In Lacerta, Cyclura, Uromastizx, and Teius the umbilical ligament is present with the same relations as in Iguana ; it only varies in the greater or less extent of its attachment to the ventral median line. 1888. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 101 Diagrammatic section of Monitor. P, Peritoneal fold circumscribing abdominal cavity ; other letters as above. Fig. 3. Diagrammatic section through body of a Orocodile. P, Peritoneal fold, continuous with serous sacs enveloping lobes of liver; other letters as above. 102 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE VISCERAL [Feb. 7; In Cyclodus gigas, however, there is a curious difference; the umbilical ligament is double, two distinct membranes passing between the liver and the ventral parietes; these unite anteriorly into a single membrane; the right-hand one probably represents the single umbilical ligament of other Lizards, since it bears the vein. As I found this in two specimens, it may be regarded as characteristic. In Plestiodon auratus a fine tendinous line traverses the lower surface of the liver, running parallel to the attachment of the umbilical ligament ; this is very probably the rudimentary represent- ative of the second ligament present in Cyclodus. These two genera are commonly assigned to the same family (Scincidz). In Trachydosaurus rugosus, another member of the same family, the disposition of the umbilical ligaments is identical with that of Cyclodus. These points of difference between the Scincidz and Lacertide, &e., do not seem to me, for reasons which will be brought forward presently, so important as the presence or absence of the horizontal septum ; the presence of this separates the Varanidz from all other Lizards which I have been able to examine. It is, in any case, opposed to the association of the Varanidee and Lacertide into a suborder Fissilinguia. I can find no statement about this structural feature, which separates the Varanide from other Lacertilia, in any text-books to which I have had access; there is nothing, so far as I can ascertain, in the Treatise on the Lacertilia, by Prof. Hoffmann, which occupies part of Volume vi. of Bronn’s ‘Thierreichs.’ Prof. Rolleston, in his ‘Forms of Animal Life’?, states that “the lungs... . . in the Loricata (=Chelonia and Crocodilia) differ from those of other Reptiles in not projecting freely into the general cavity of the body, dissepimental processes of peritoneal membrane separating them from it, and foreshadowing thus, as also by their possession of intrinsic muscular fibres, the diaphragm of warm-blooded animals.” Hoffmann, in the work referred to*, distinguishes the Crocodilia from the remaining Saurians, by virtue of the fact that the latter, instead of having the body-cavity divided into numerous compart- ments, as in the Crocodilia, “ possess only two sacs, the pericardium and the peritonzeum ; from the latter is derived the covering of the lungs.” Both these writers, however, quote a paper by Briicke’®, which is chiefly devoted to a statement of the fact that in Varanus * the mesenteries contain unstriated muscular fibres; in this paper, however, Briicke remarks that the muscular fibres of the umbilical ligament are continued into a membranous diaphragm (‘‘ haiitige Zwergfell’’). Whether this diaphragm represents the horizontal septum which I have described in this paper as existing in Varanus, I am unable to say, as there is no further description of it. Evidently, however, Profs. Rolleston and Hoffmann have not interpreted Bricke’s 1 Introduction, p. lx. 2 P. 922. * Wiener Sitzungsber. vii. (1852), p. 246. * Leydig has subsequently shown that this holds good in the case of other Lizards. ee ee ee ee 1888. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILUIA. 103 statements in this way, unless, indeed, the last half of the sentence from Hoffmann, quoted above, may be held to imply that the lungs are shut off from the abdominal cavity by a membranous partition. I should myself consider that these words only refer to the reflected layer of peritoneum which covers each lung; this is, of course, quite a different thing from the horizontal membrane in Varanus, which shuts off both lungs from the abdominal cavity. I find, however, in an account of the dissection of a Monitor published in the very first volume of the ‘ Proceedings’? of this Society, by Dr. Martin, acouple of sentences which in all probability do refer to this structure, which, so far as my experience goes, is so highly characteristic of the Monitor Lizards and of that group only. The author writes: “the chest is divided from the abdomen by a partial membranous diaphragm attacked to the parietes of the abdomen by numerous strings or filaments... .. the liver lies in the abdominal cavity just below the diaphragm.’ There is, however, no further remark concerning the structure in question; it is not emphasized as a peculiarity of the Monitor nor is it compared in any way with what I believe to be an homologous structure in the Crocodilia. This horizontal septum closely resembles a structure in the Croco- dilia (fig. 3) which has been described by Prof. Huxley* as well as by others: this consists of a membrane, partly muscular, which is attached to the pubis and to the abdominal parietes behind, and in the median dorsal line to the backbone ; it entirely envelopes the cvils of the intestines, so that they are not visible when the body-wall is cut through. Anteriorly this muscular expansion is attached to the fibrous compartments in which are lodged the stomach and the two lobes of the liver; the lungs are thus shut off from the abdominal cavity ; this membrane bears on the ventral surface the anterior abdominal veins : there is evidently a close similarity, so far, between the Crocodile and the Lizard; furthermore in both animals the lateral regions of the membrane are connected with the lateral parietes by fibrous bands, and in both the fat-body lies outside of the membrane and outside of the abdominal cavity; the reproductive glands and the kidneys have a similar reiation to the membrane in both types; in the Crocodile as in the Lizard the reproductive glands and the kidneys are separated by the membrane ; the former lie within, the latter without, the abdominal cavity. The only differences are that in the Crocodile the membrane is largely covered by muscular tissue, and that instead of simply passing over the liver and stomach, it becomes connected with special sheaths enveloping these several organs. In these points the Crocodile, as Prof. Huxley has pointed out, resembles birds. The above considerations point, in my opinion, to an unmistakable resemblance between the Monitor Lizards and the higher Sanropsida, a resemblance which is, perbaps, a little unexpected. There has never, so far as I am aware, been any doubt as to the thoroughly Lacertilian nature of the Varanide ; in all the schemes of classifica- 1 P.Z.8. 1831, p. 138. 2 P. Z.S. 1882, p. 568. 104 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE VISCERAL [Feb. 7, tion of the Lacertilia with which I am acquainted ‘there is no tendency to separate the Varanide from other Lizards, although it is true that Mr. Boulenger remarks upon them as forming “a perfectly isolated group” '. He does not, however, lay weight upon this opinion by separating the family in any way; it is, indeed, particularly associated in his scheme with the Helodermatide, Zonuride, Iguanide, &c. I have not yet had an opportunity of studying the structure of Heloderma ; and such papers as have been published upon the anatomy of this genus do not touch upon the points to which I have directed attention in this communication. I cannot, however, agree to such a close association of the Varanidze and Iguanide as is proposed by Mr. Boulenger ; and other facts, to which I shall direct attention presently, point unmistakably to the isolation of the Varanide, and perhaps to affinities with the Crocodiha. There is little reason to doubt that the Sauropsida form a group which have been derived from a single Reptilian ancestor; this is allowed by Cope* except in so far as regards the Icthyosauria. Dr. Baur* derives all the Sauropsida from the Carboniferous Proganosauria, which, in his opinion, is a group of Reptiles, though Cope with some uncertainty assigns this same group to the Amphibia. Both these writers concur in the belief that the Rhynchocephalia (Hatteria) are the most generalized of all living reptiles, and most nearly represent the primitive stock from which all existing as well as extinct orders of Reptiles took their origin. Dr. Baur is of opinion that the existing Lacertilia (and Ophidia) come nearer to this primitive stock than do any other orders of the Sauropsida, while Prof. Huxley * thinks that the differences between Hatteria and other Lacertilia have been made too much of. The visceral anatomy of Hatteria is certainly much nearer to that of Lacerta than to any other Sauropsidan, and the Laecertilia as a whole are decidedly at a much lower grade of organization, as regards the viscera, than are either the Crocodilia and Aves on the one hand, or the Testudinata on the other. These considerations render the existence of Crocodilian affinities in Monitor more intelligible than might at first sight appear ; they also point to the conclusion that the difference in structure be- tween the Varanide and other Lizards to which attention has been here directed must have existed in the ancestral Reptilian stock which gave rise to the existing Lacertilia, Crocodilia, and Aves; I would argue, in fact, for the extreme age of a Reptilian type closely allied to Varanus and Monitor. Can this type be Protorosaurus’ It is a Permian Reptile undoubtedly with near affinities to the existing Lacertilia, though with thecodont teeth as in the Crocodilia ; it has been stated that this Lizard approximates closely to the living Monitors °. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiv. (1884), p. 117. American Naturalist, 1885, p. 245. 3 Journal of Morphology, vol. i. p. 98. * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1887. 5 See, however, a paper on Protorosaurus by Seeley (Phil. Trans. 1887), who does not allow any special Lacertilian affinities. 1 2 1888. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 105 Fig. 4. Liver, bile-ducts, &e. of Varanus salwator. L.L, R.L, Right and left lobes of liver; g.b, gall-bladder; P, portal vein ; AJd.d, abdominal vein. 7 106 ON THE VISCERAL ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. [Feb. 7, 2. Bile-ducts. The accompanying drawing (fig. 4, p. 105) illustrates the very remarkable condition of the bile-ducts which characterizes Varanus salvator ; the bile-ducts, both cystic and hepatic, form a highly complicated network, which is found in many serpents, but not, so far as I am aware, in any other Lizard. This fact, however, is not new, but has already been recorded’ by Pagenstecher, who, however, has not stated what particular species his observations referred to. I have therefore thought it worth while again to bring this matter forward, as I am able to state the exact species in which this structural peculiarity occurs. It is important to notice that it is only in Varanus salvator that the cystic and hepatic ducts form a network ; in the other species of Varanus and Monitor which I have had the opportunity of dissecting the bile-ducts are quite single, as in other Lacertilia: I find that Dr. Giinther, who has dissected Regenia ocellata®, R. albigularis, and Monitor niloticus*, makes no mention of any resemblance to Varanus salvator; I conclude therefore that in the former species also the bile-ducts are single. In Alligator lucius (Bronn’s ‘ Thierreichs,’ Taf. C. fig. 4) there appears to be just a trace of this network of bile-ducts. In the same work Hoffmann refers to the similarity which the teeth of Monitor show to those of the Crocodilia in their development. Mr. Boulenger has kindly directed my attention to a note in the ‘ Zoolo- gischer Anzeiger’ (Bd. x.), by Van Bemmelen, upon the structure of the vessels of the neck in the Sauropsida. From his results it would appear that the Monitors differ greatly from other Lacertilia, and are, in fact, more aberrant than even Hatteria. These facts are all in harmony with my contention that the Monitors should be widely separated from other Lacertilia, and some of them are by no means at variance with my belief that the Monitors show Crocodilian affinities. Summary. The principal facts recorded in the present paper and the conclusions to which they lead are as follows :— (1) The Varanidee differ from other Lacertilia in two important particulars :—in (i.) the occasional complication of the cystic and hepatic ducts, which form a network, (ii.) the presence of a fold of peritoneum, reflected from the lining peritoneum of the abdominal cavity, which surrounds the abdominal viscera. (2) This fold of peritoneum has its exact counterpart in Croco- dilia and Aves, where, however, the subdivision of the coelom into a number of separate cavities is carried on still further. (3) The Varanide, therefore, alone (?) of existing Lacertilia show the first beginnings of the subdivision of the ccelom, which reaches its extreme in the higher Sauropsida. ' 1 Wirzburg Naturwiss. Zeitschr, 1. p. 248. 2 P. Z.8. 1860, p. 60. 5 P. Z.8. 1861, p. 109. 1888.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON A NEW SPECIES OF ELAINEA. — 107 (4) These facts necessitate the separation of the Varanidz from the true Lacertilia into a group equivalent to that of, e. g., Khyncho- cephalia. (5) Tt is probable, as generally believed, that the Lacertilia more nearly represent the primitive Reptilian stock than any other Sauropsida. (6) The particular resemblance between the Varanidee and the Crocodilia renders it probable that some Reptilian type existed in early Mesozoic or late Palseozoic times, which in many points, especially those enumerated in(1), resembled the existing Varanide. From this type originated the Crocodilia, Dinosauria, and Aves. 4, Ona new Species of Elainea from the Island of Fernando Norohna. By R. Bowpier Suarpe, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e. [Received January 18, 1888.] My colleague Mr. H. N. Ridley, during his recent visit to the island of Fernando Norohna, procured several specimens of a Tyrant- bird, which is evidently undescribed. I propose therefore to call it ELAINEA RIDLEYANA, Sp. 0. Adult male. General colour above dusky olive-brown, slightly paler brown on the lower back and rump; lesser wing-coverts olive- brown, the lower ones edged with white; median and greater coverts dark sepia-brown, tipped with white, forming wing-bars; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dark brown, the latter edged with whity brown, the inner secondaries with white like the greater coverts, broad- ening towards the ends of the outer web; upper tail-coverts and tail-teathers dark brown; crown of head crested, a little more dusky in colour than the back, with a concealed white streak in the centre; lores duil ashy; feathers round eve and ear-coverts dark olive-brown ; cheeks ashy grey, with an olive tinge; throat ashy whitish ; fore neck and chest ashy grey, with an olive tinge ; breast and abdomen pale sulphur-yellow ; sides of body and flanks ashy, washed with olive ; thighs yellowish, with brown bases ; under tail- coverts pale sulphur-yellow ; under wing-coverts and axillaries pale sulphur-yellow ; quills below dusky, pale ashy olive along the inner edge. Total length 6°7 inches, culmen 0°6, wing 3:25, tail 2-9, tarsus 0°8. Hab. \sland of Fernando Norohna (Ridley). This species approaches Llainea pagana (Licht.) in general ap- pearance, but isa much darker bird, with dusky brown head and ear-coverts, and is at ouce to be recognized by its conspicuously longer bill. 108 MR. D. D. DALY ON THE CAVES CONTAINING [Feb. 7, 5. On the Caves containing Edible Birds’-nests in British North Borneo. By D. D. Daty, Assistant Resident, British North Borneo’. [Received February 2, 1888.] The increasing attention to valuable products of trade in new countries has led me to prepare the following notes on the Birds’- nest Caves of Northern Borneo gathered during a residence of nearly five years in that country. The number of caves that are known to be in existence up to date are referred to in the order of their size, wealth, value, and importance both as regards the quantity and quality of the nests. Many of these mountain-caves have been visited by Europeans since the establishment of British North Borneo as a Colony under Royal Charter in November, 1881; but there are a few that are so inaccessible amid inland mountains and among semi-hostile tribes that they have not yet been explored, and are only alluded to from native information. The edible nests of the Swift (Collocalia fuciphaga) are valued in China only ; to the European palate birds’-nest soup has an insipid taste. Many theories, some of them absurd, have been propounded with respect to the mode of formation of the nests ; it may, however, be laid down as indisputably proved by experts that the nests are made by the Swifts of their own inspissated saliva*. The nests have been carefully analyzed by chemical experts, and no traces of vege- table matter have been discovered. The thready mucus is worked up by the Swift from the salivary glands in its neck. The strings of mucus are plainly visible in the nests which I have the pleasure of exhibiting at this meeting, and which were brought 1 In the discussion which followed the reading of this paper, Mr. W. H. Treacher (late Governor of British North Borneo) pointed out, in reference to Mr. Daly’s explanation of the differences in the colour and value of the nests, that Sir Hugh Low, writing on Sarawak about 40 years ago, maintained that, two distinct varieties of birds formed the white and the black nests respectively, the latter being a smaller dull-coloured bird, generally found in the inland caves, and the former a large bird, of livelier colour, with a white belly, and found in the caves near the sea-shore ; and that the natives of whom he had inquired, corroborated Sir Hugh’s statement; he also pointed out that the Sigalong caves yielded almost entirely white nests, while those of Madai, close by, were almost all black ones. In the Gomanton series some of the caves always yielded black nests, and others always white ones, although the nests in all were collected with equal regularity. The Hon. Ralph Abercromby said that when he visited the Gomanton caves the natives showed him three different-sized eggs, and said the largest was the egg always found in the white nests; he added that a German naturalist, who had resided in Palawan, had, however, given him an explanation similar to Mr. Daly’s. My. Sclater said that only one kind of Swift had been sent to him from Borneo for identification, and that that, as determined by Mr. Sharpe (see P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 54), was Collocalia fuciphaga ; he suggested that the Company's officers might easily settle the question by procuring specimens and sending them home for determination, and urged them to adopt this plan. 2 See Mr. H. Pryer’s paper on this subject, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 532 and the accompanying footnote. 1888.] EDIBLE BIRDS’-NESTS IN BRITISH NORTH BORNEO. 109 by me last July from North Borneo. They were taken from the Tatalahan Caves on the west coast. The later geological formation of British North Borneo, superin- cumbent'on the granitic and older rocks is a slate composed of sandy and muddy sediments with occasional intercalated zones of limestone. In the caves found in these limestone deposits the Swifts make their homes, and build the nests so much coveted by the Chinese. The demand for these ingredients of gelatinous soup is constant among the wealthier Chinese, and the supply is extremely limited ; the pro- duct is consequently of increasing value as a luxury. There are three qualities of these nests :— 1. The white nests, which are gathered before the bird has com- menced to lay any eggs, and which are composed of a clear trans- parent mucilaginous matter, with very few feathers mixed with them. 2. The red or grey nests’ which are partly mixed with feathers, in which eggs are sometimes found, and which have to be cleared of much extraneous matter. The part of the nest adhering to the limestone is sometimes tinged with pink. 3. The black nests, which are much mixed with feathers. Some- times fledglings may be foundtherein. These nests have been over- looked at the previous gathering, and have darkened or deteriorated from exposure to water and to the atmosphere of the caves. The partial decomposition of the mucous matter renders them the least valuable. The following market-quotations of the birds’-nests are taken from the ‘ British North Borneo Herald,’ of 1st December, 1887. White birds’-nests, best, per catty $16 to $12 38 3 2nd quality 5 9 + 7 » ” red ” 7 ” 5 = a3 common 5 1°80cts. ,, 2 Black birds’-nests, best, per picul $80 a re 2nd quality - 50 om “3 3rd quality i 40 The following are the names of the principal mountains contain- ing caves to which the Edible Swift resorts for the purpose of breeding, so far as they are yet known :— No. 1. Gomanton. No. 10. Butong. » 2. Madai. »» 11. Bukit Malingai. » 3. Sigalong. » 12. Pigton. » 4. Baturong. », 13. Bahalla. », 9. Batu Timbang. », 14. Ulu Sembakong. ,, 6. Senobang. » 15. Waleigh-waleigh, Kin- », 7. Obang Obang. oram River. » 8. Tatalahan. », 16. Mantanani. » 9. Bod Narkiow. 1 When the nests are left untaken for too long a period after they have been built, the part or hinge adhering to the limestone first turns red, then black, and finally the nest drops to the ground, oftentimes with young 110 MR. D. D. DALY ON THE CAVES CONTAINING [Feb. 7, No. 1. Tur Gomanton Caves, near Sandakan, East Coast, are by far the most extensive and rich in quantity and quality of birds’- nests. These limestone caves are reached from Sandakan, the capital of British North Borneo, by ascending the Sapagaya River, which flows into the vast harbour of Sandakan, and from the head of the navigation of the Sapagaya by a jungle-track, 77 miles in length, to the Gomanton caves. These caves can therefore easily be reached in half a day from Sandakan. Marching along the narrow track, between green walls of tropical jungle, the traveller at times takes breath to notice ferns, lycopodiums, pitcher-plants, and orchids that love the shade of valuable hard-wood forest trees. The crow of the Argus Pheasant frequently breaks the stillness, and the monster ape, the ‘Orang utan” (in Malay ‘“Mias”) looks down with surprise at the passing wayfarer from lofty branches overhead. As the caves‘are approached, half a mile off, the air is strongly impregnated with the odour of guano, of which there are valuable deposits; then slippery, moss-grown limestone boulders are scaled until the entrance, ‘‘Simud Putech ”’ (Malay for ‘‘ white entrance’’), is reached. This porch is situated at an altitude of 570 feet, by aneroid, above the sea, and being 30 feet high by 50 feet wide, presents a noble entrance. Leaving this, a further climb of 500 feet brings the traveller to the summit of the Gomanton Caves. Peering down a small aperture, a magnificent cavern variously estimated at 850 to 900 feet in depth, or upwards of twice the height of St. Paul’s, London, is disclosed. The native climbers descend from this hole, holding on to a network of rattan ladders that spread over the limestone roof of the vaults; as seen from the floor of the cave, the collectors appear like flies as they clamber about in their perilous work. Here, on the summit, there are some cocoa-nut trees, lime trees, and a plateau of grass. A grand panoramic view is unfolded, Sandakan harbour and distant cloud- capped ranges being prominent. Looking down from the plateau, there is a precipitous cliff inviting the weary mind with suicidal intent. Let us descend again to the Simud Putech entrance. It is very steep and slippery work ; suddenly a vast dome-shaped cham- ber is entered. ‘This dome is honeycombed with other domes, all of which have their native names, as precise as the nomenclature of the leading thoroughfares into Trafalgar Square. The vaulted cor- ridors leading to this dome are about 150 feet high. Let no man enter these caves without torch or candle, as there are dangerous fissures. In this, the Simud Putech cave, looking to the left, a dark abyss, known as the Simud Itam (Malay for ‘‘ black entrance’) Cave, is pointed out by the guide; its depth is estimated at 400 feet. The Simud Putech Cave is coated with a layer of Swifts’ guano from 5 to 15 feet in depth; it is less valuable than the Bats’ guano in the Simud Itam and other caves. Swiftletsinthem. These nests having been overlooked or being inaccessible to the inexpert climber, are used by the birds for laying their eggs and rearing young ones year after year, until they turn black and worthless. 1888.] EDIBLE BIRDS’-NESTS IN BRITISH NORTH BORNEO. 111 No. 2. Tue Mapar Caves, Darvel Bay, East Coast. In July 1884 I visited these caves in company with Governor Treacher. The approach to the shore in a steam-launch was intricate work, as many coral patches obstructed the entrance. Having anchored at the mouth of the Tucgabuah River, we paddled up for about an hour and landed. A three-mile jungle-track, much broken up by Elephants, Rhinoceroses, wild Cattle, and wild Pigs, brought us to the entrance of the caves, which is on a level with the surrounding country. The limestone walls rose rugged and precipitous, and glittered in the light of the morning sun. As we entered, there were flights of Swifts whizzing and flitting past our heads, and we found many of the young birds, tied together by the wings, lying on the floor ready to be carried away for food by the collectors. These men belong to the Erahan tribe, and we found some twenty of them living on stages inside the caves. They handed to us torches and bees’-wax tapers, which were most welcome as we clambered in the murky darkness over the slippery limestone boulders. In the hollows of the floor there were thick layers of guano, which was saturated with the rain-water that percolated through the limestone ceiling ; the result was that we were fre- quently immersed up to our middle in these offensive deposits. Unlike Gomanton, which boasts one monster cave, Madai pre- sents a series of chambers, about 150 feet in height, connected with each other by narrow passages. There are very few Bats, the Swifts having taken possession of the most advantageous nest-building sites and being evidently too numerous for the unremunerative mammalia to lead a peaceable existence. As we walked through the six caves, the collectors pointed out to us 25 “ lobangs,” as they are called by the natives. These are domes or vaults, each one of which is owned by a separate pro- prietor. The natives say that 20 of these vaults contain black nests only, and that three vaults only hold white nests. This would denote, as native information frequently asserts, that there are two kinds of Swifts, viz., one that builds black nests and the other white nests. In fact some natives maintain that there are as many as four different kinds of Swifts. Further investigation is required to clear up this question. There are three collecting-seasons in one year; the last season yields nests of an inferior quality to the other two. The total harvests of both black and white nests are valued at $15,000 per annum. No. 3. Tur S1gatone Caves, Darvel Bay, East Coast, are situated about 21 miles S.E. from the Madai Caves, and are approached through coral reefs. The chambers are low, and the openings are small and difficult to enter for Europeans. The native collectors enter some of these limestone caves by loop- holes from the summit, which is about 250 feet above the surrounding country. There is a preponderance of Bats over Swifts, but the depo- sit of guano is not so large as in the Gomanton and Madai Caves. I 112 MR. D. D. DALY ON THE CAVES CONTAINING [Feb. 7, was only able, owing to darkness coming on, to visit a few of these caves; the Hrahan collectors said that there were 14 of them, and gave us the names of the proprietors and the yield of nests of each cave. The Sigalong caves have all white nests, and the harvest is valued at $12,500 per annum. No. 4. Tue Barurone Caves, near the Madai Caves, Darvel Bay, East Coast, were first visited by Mr. F. G. Callaghan, the Assistant Resident of Darvel Bay, in July 1887, and the following extract from his official report will be of interest :— “The next morning we started for Madai, but, only being able to get four Ehrans as baggage-carriers, the greater portion of our stores was left in the boats. «Reaching Madai at about 10 o’clock, I obtained a party of fifteen Ehrans, and started for Baturong at 12. The track lies at the back of Madai and passes close underneath the high hill called Pigtong, and also near another range of the name of Gelass. This latter hill used to produce birds’-nests, but for some reason has not been worked for thirty seasons (?). The nests were of both kinds, black and white. The track lay through flat and rather swampy ground with outcropping of limestone in several places. We halted for the night at the Kiten River. Sri Rajah, who accompanied us, followed as a guide. «Leaving the next morning at daybreak, we ascended a gradual slope for nearly an hour, the jungle full of durians, langssats, and other fruit-trees. For about another hour we continued along this range, called Bukit Telang, of about 400 to 500 feet high, direction KE. by S. «On leaving the hill, we met the following tributaries of the Tinkayu River—the Bitaspalino, Natunde-Batas, Segas, and Binnan rivers, all of which are of fair size. The Tinkayu is a fine river, but is not navi- gable to this point, owing to large rapids and falls. The natives say it is about six days’ paddle up from the mouth to the first rapids, the noise of which we heard. “‘The country is very flat between these rivers, and, owing to the heavy rains, a good deal inundated, making travelling very difficult. “We reached the Baturong Caves at 2.30 and found the Tedong people had all left, probably four or five days before. Baturong is a hill about 2000 feet high, nearly perpendicular ; it appears to be all of white glistening limestone. It contains fifteen ‘lobangs’ or holes, out of which Suggin and Selagas appear to be the most valu- able, producing seven and four catties of white nests yearly respec- tively. These two holes are worked three times a year, but the remainder only once. The estimate in the ‘ Herald,’ of Septem- ber 1884, gives the out-turn at one picul yearly, but I do not believe that more than twenty catties or so. are gathered. The entrance to the cave is about 40 feet from the ground, a large tree growing up alongside the rock affording a kind of ladder, and from the branches of the tree a kind of suspension-bridge to the cave has been made. I did not attempt therefore to enter the caves, which, I 1888.] EDIBLE BIRDS’-NESTS IN BRITISH NORTH BORNEO. 113 was informed, are nearly twice as higk as Madai. A stream of good water flows just below the cave, No. 5. Tae Batu Timpane Caves are situated at the head of the Quarmote River, a branch of the Kinabatangan River, East Coast, and are almost inaccessible when the Quarmote River is in flood, on account of dangerous rapids. During other seasons the journey from the Kinabatangan to the caves can be accomplished there and back in a fortnight. | When I visited the Quarmote in September 1884 it was impossible to stem the flood. The chief, Rajah Tuah Dorkas, concurred that a road would be a great advantage, inas- much as three seasons for gathering the nests would then be avail- able, and the nests would all be in good order and of higher value. At present there are two seasons—one dry, when the nests are picked and in fair order; the other when the rains are on, which, percolating the limestone vaults, trickle into and damage the nests. When the rainy season lasts an unusually long time and the caves cannot be reached, the nests are left on the walls for too long a period and become black and nearly worthless. Men are fre- quently drowned over the cataracts. There are many vaults in these caves, and the chief told me that he had gathered 15 catties (= 20 lbs. avoirdupois) of white nests, and one picul (= 1333 lbs.) of black nests from one vault alone during the last season. The expenses of collecting are considerable. When the collecting-season has arrived, a fleet of flat-bottomed boats start from the Kinaba- tangan River ; sometimes there are as many as 90 boats, and allowing five men to each boat, the force would number 450 men. As there is no currency in silver or copper, all these people are paid in birds’- nests, which come into the traders’ hands and find their way to Sandakan. The Batu Timbang Caves had been abandoned for some years until the British North-Borneo Company proclaimed the Royal Charter in 1881. There are powerful tribes in the interior, the principal one being the Tingallans, who are head-hunters, and the collectors were decimated year after year. Since the advent of the British North-Borneo Company, the people have been able to work the caves without molestation. No. 6. Tur Senopane Caves are situated on the Upper Penun- gah River, a tributary of the Kinabatangan River, East Coast. The late much-lamented Mr. Frank Hatton, in 1882, made a gallant attempt, in the face of hostility from the 'Tungara tribe, to visit them. The savages were conciliated, chiefly by his pluck and tact ; but the floods swept away and destroyed some of his boats over the rapids, and he was most unwillingly compelled to do that which explorers are so loath to do, viz., turn back. In October 1884 1 made two attempts to reach these caves, but was overpowered by the heavy rains which swelled the river, and over a cataract I lost part of my provisions, a rifle, and all my cooking-utensils. ‘The time will come when roads laid out by the Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. VIII. 8 114 MR. D. D- DALY ON THE CAVES CONTAINING — [Feb. 7, British North-Borneo Company will give access to the Batu Tim- bang, Senobang, Ulu Sembakong, and Obang Obang Caves, which are all situated to the south of the Kinabatangan River, and then the real output of the caves will be ascertained, and the harvests of birds’-nests, collected, as in Java, under European supervision in proper seasons, will be enhanced in value. No. 7. Tue OpanG Osane Caves are situated on the Melikop River, a tributary of the Kinabatangan River, East Coast, about the centre of British North Borneo, and connecting the east and west coasts by the palsozoic zone of insular limestone mountains. The aneroid, at the mouths of the caves, gave a reading of one thousand eight hundred and ten feet above sea-level. The last half hour’s walk was over limestone boulders, and the air was strongly impregnated with the odour of Bats’ guano. The first cave is the most valuable, but it can only be entered by experts in climbing. The entrance is a small hole, about four feet by four, which is closed with a wooden grating, for the purpose of attracting atten- tion to the spot. Every two months this doorway is opened, and the climbers let themselves down into the caves by means of rattans, and gather all nests, both large and small. The ‘‘take” or collection varies much in different seasons, this principal cave yielding from eighty to two hundred and fifty white nests, worth $16 a catty, per season. One season lasts only two months, making six seasons in the year, the same periods of seasons are also observed at the Senobang cavern, Ulu Penungah. This is quite different from the duration of the seasons at Gomanton, Batu Timbang (river Quarmote), Madai, and Sigalong Caves, where there are only two or, at most, three seasons in the twelve months. The ‘Tungaras agree that by collecting fre- quently they procure white nests in first-rate order, though some of the nests fetch a higher price from the Sulu traders than those of Batu Timbang. I noticed a great scarcity of Swifts; this may be attributed to these {requent takings of nests, which prevent the birds from breeding, whereas in the other caves of North Borneo where the collections are less frequent, an immense number of birds are found. On the other hand, where there are only two collections per annum, and especially during the rainy season, many of the nests are found to be half rotten, particularly that part of the nests that adheres to the wall, and full of feathers and containing eggs, from having been left too long on the walls before collection. The “ Obang Obang” range, which contains the caves of that name, runs about north and south and is half a mile in length. There are seven entrances (‘‘lobang’”’) from the top of the hill, and they are all close together. Five of the caves do not contain any nests, no Swifts, but only Bats, inhabiting them. The first I have already alluded to, and the last was the only one 1888.] EDIBLE BIRDS’-NESTS IN BRITISH NORTH BORNEO. 115 that could be entered. ‘This is a small cave, the chamber itself only about fifty feet high, and containing both Bats’ and Swifts’ nests. I visited these caves in October 1884 and found that only ten Swifts’ nests had been gathered that season. The Bats’ nests are similar in form to those of the Swifts, but are made of moss only, which the Bats pick off the limestone boulders outside. I had Malini with me, the man who had successfully scaled the interior of the Gomanton Caves; he went down to No. | of these Obang caves, but unfortunately could only find a few young nests just being formed in the crannies and cracks of the vault, the season’s nests having already been gathered. The tribes who inhabit this part of Borneo have a certain specified law of succession as to the gatherers of the nests, and the honour is taken in turn by the chiefs and their several relatives. It is probable that, with a little rest and freedom from intrusion, the Obang Caves might become very valuable to the colony. I was, I must own, somewhat disappointed with these caves after what Thad heard about them. I proposed to the people that, inasmuch as the Government afforded them protection on the Kinabatangan River, which enabled them to trade and live in security, they should in return pay a tribute of one third of all birds’-nests taken out of the caves. This was cheerfully assented to. I found the yield of the month previous to my visiting the district had been 150 nests, and of these 50 were at once handed over to me. No. 8. Tar TaraLanan Caves, onthe Padas River, West Coast, are as yet unvisited by Europeans; but I have seen white birds’- nests of the best quality brought to Mempakol, the capital of Pro- vince Dent. No. 9. Bop Narxiow Caves. This paper, relating, as it does, chiefly to the edible birds’-nest caves on the Kinabatangan River, will show that that river is very rich in caves. Amongst others I may briefly allude to those reported at Bod Narkiow. Though I did not visit them, there is every reason to suppose they exist. The formation of the country is favourable to the supposition, and the folklore of the natives alludes to the fact that at Narkiow such eaves are found. No. 10. Burone Caves. Much the same kind of obscurity hangs over the history of the Butong Hill Caves. Time would not allow me to explore the district in their neighbourhood. So I contented myself with offering $100 to anyone who would bring me reliable information about them. No. 11. Buxrr Mazrneat, a sandstone mountain, holds birds’- nest caves, but an entrance to them has not yet been discovered. There is a strong smell of guano near the summit. No. 12. Pieron, a limestone hill, Darvel Bay, is as yet un- visited. gt 116 MR. 0. SALVIN ON ORNITHOPTERA VICTORIE. [Feb. 7, No. 13. Bawaxua Isuanp, off Sandakan Harbour, contains both black and white nests, the collection of them being farmed out by Government. The apertures are in the face of a precipitous sand- stone cliff, some 600 feet high, and are entered from the summit, the climbers being lowered down from the top by ropes. No. 14. Uru Sempaxone Caves. Natives informed me of some valuable caves on the Sembakong River, which empties itself into Sebuco Bay, East Coast; these could only be visited by going through the country with an armed force, as some of the head- hunting tribes are hostile. No. 15. Some caves at WALEIGH-WALEIGH, Kinoram River, a tributary of the Bongon River, a part of the northern Kinabalu watershed ; these were visited some years ago by the late Mr. Frank Hatton. No. 16. Manranant. These caves are situated in a group of uninhabited islands of that name, about 20 miles off the north-west coast of Borneo. Both white and black nests are taken, the collec- tion being in the hands of two Borneo tribes who collect in alternate seasons. I have now enumerated all those caves that are known at present. Doubtless this vast territory contains others perhaps richer than these, and in the course of time, when the country is more fully explored, we shall be able to fix their position definitely on the map of British North Borneo. 6. A Note on Ornithoptera victoria, Gray. By Osserrt Satvin, M.A., F.R.S. [Received February 7, 1888. ] (Plate IV.) At the meeting of the Society held on the 1st of March last I had the pleasure of exhibiting a male specimen of an Ornithoptera, from the island of Maleita, one of the Solomon group. This specimen Mr. Godman and I considered to belong to the male of the long- known 0. victoria, the description of which was based upon a female example obtained by J. Macgillivray, but of which the locality was not recorded. The females, of which specimens were also exhibited, from Maleita Island agree with the type, hence our determination of the male. The male and the underside of the female have since been figured by Mr. Henley G. Smith, on the first plate of his new work ‘Rhopalocera Exotica, the male having been described in the June number of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist.’ of last year (1887). Mr. Woodford, the enterprising naturalist who captured these specimens, has since returned to England, bringing with him a large Y I HOLVIA Vea ld LINO YI SStAANT Mh 1888. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON ORNITHOPTERA VICTORI4. 117 collection from the Solomon Islands, made almost exclusively in the island of Guadaleanar. In it are examples of both sexes of an Orni- thoptera closely allied to the Maleita insect; but on comparison we find that the males differ in several points, so much so that we con- sidered it desirable that the Maleita and Guadalcanar forms should bear different names. The differences are not great, it is true; but that there should be any is only in conformity with what we find in a very considerable number of other species of Butterflies, all of which go to prove that the productions of Guadalcanar and Maleita are, to a large extent, modifications of one another. These differ- ences I have pointed out below. The females from each island hardly differ appreciably from one another, though the submarginal spots of both wings are perhaps larger in the Maleita form ; it therefore becomes an important ques- tion where the typical female was obtained. Mr. Gray gave us little help upon this point, stating that it came from one of the islands of the South Pacific, mentioning the Solomon Islands as one of the places where it might have been taken. John Maczgillivray was the naturalist who sailed in H.M.SS. ‘ Rattlesnake’ and * Herald,’ and it was by him that the type was sent to the British Museum. The ‘Rattlesnake’ did not visit the Solomon Islands, but the ‘ Herald,’ commanded by Capt. Denham, was there in 1854-55. Through the kindness of Capt. Wharton, the Hydrographer to the Admiralty, I have had an opportunity of seeing the chart prepared by Capt. Denham on which the route of the ‘ Herald’ is laid down. From this it appears that the ship touched at Wanderer Bay on the south coast of Guadaleanar, and at Makira on the south coast of San Cristoval, and that she never approached Maleita at all. Now, so far as we know, no species of Ornithoptera, not even the wide-ranging O. urvilliana, occurs on San Cristoval; hence it becomes practically certain that Macgillivray obtained the type of O. victorie at Wanderer Bay, Guadalcanar. It thus follows that the males now brought us from Aola, on the north side of this island, are males of the true O. victoria, and that the Maleita form is the one requiring another name. The two forms may be described as follows :— 1. ORNITHOPTERA REGINA, sp. n. Ornithoptera victoria, Salv. & Godm. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 190 (ist March), ¢ ; H.G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, xix. p. 445, d; id. Rhop. Ex. Ornithopt. pl. i. ¢ Q (nec G. R. Gray). gd. Wings deep black ; base of the primaries, except the costa, with a large patch of golden green, the outer margin of which is irre- gular and ill defined and reaches to within a quarter of an inch of the end of the cell ; towards the apex is a large subtriangular golden patch ; parallel to the inner margin and near the anal angle is an elongated stigma similar to that of O. priamus and its allies. The secondaries, almost from the costal margin to beyond the cell, are rich golden green, the distal part of the cell being black, though the nervures closing it are green. There are also three contiguous 118 MR. 0. SALVIN ON ORNITHOPTERA VicToRI&. [Feb. 7, submarginal golden-green spots, whereof the two nearest the anal angle have a large central patch of golden yellow. Beneath, the wings are shining golden green, with the nervures, margins, a large subtriangular patch over the end of the cell of the primaries, a series of submarginal spots at the end of each secondary nervure, and two lunate spots on either side of the lower radial of the primaries black. The antenne and prothorax are black ; the abdomen ochraceous grey, with a double row of spots on either side and a ventral median line black. The primaries are narrow, with hardly any perceptible anal angle, the outer and inner margins meeting in a continuous regular curve. The secondaries are elongated and narrow, and the inner margin deeply incised ; the elongated hairs of the inner margin are pale yellow. 2. Like that of O. victoria, the submarginal spots on both wings, especially those of the secondaries, being apparently rather larger, rounder, and not so lunate. Egg: nearly spherical, the surface finely rugose, like that of an orange, diam. 4 millim. Hab. N.W. Bay, Maleita Island (Woo7ford), Solomon Group. Mus. Godman & Salvin; H. Grose Smith. The peculiar veurat‘on of the male is described in our former note (P. Z.S. 1887, p. 190). 2. ORNITHOPTERA VICTORIZ. (Plate IV. 3.) Ornithoptera victore, G. R. Gray, P.Z.S8. 1856, p. 7, pl. 39 (2 ). Similar to O. regine, but the wings of the male broader, the subapical spot of the primaries smaller and divided into three parts by the nervures, and the green of the base of the wings more restricted : the secondaries are almost entirely suffused with green, except the inner and outer margins; on the distal half are a few black scales, where, in O. regine, the wings are chiefly black: beneath, the discal green portion of the primaries is broken up by a series of broad black lunules, of which there are only two in O. regine, aud there is a black spot between the subcostal and its fourth branch. Larva (half-grown) dark brown; spies carmine; urticating pro- cess pale yellow. The head bears four spines (two long and two short) ; the first and second segments eight each, 3—3 six each, 6-11 four each, 12 two (Mr. Woodtord’s notes). Hab. Wanderer Bay (Maegillivray), Aola (Woodford), Guadal- canar Island ; Florida Island (Woodford)? : Solomon group. Mr. Woodford’s collection contains a female example from Florida Island, which, in the absence of the male, I am unable to determine with certainty. Judging from the other Butterflies from this island, I notice that their affinity to those of Guadaleanar is great, and it is most probable that the Ornithoptera found there is the same as that of Guadalcanar ; but an examination of the male is necessary to determine the point with certainty. The only difference between 1888.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 119 this female and the series of the same sex from Guadaleanar is that the submarginal spots are very small. Mr. Woodford informs me that both Ornithoptera victorie and O. urvilliana are very fond of frequenting the sweet-smelling white flowers of Cerbera odollam', a plant common in the Solomon Islands, and also in the Fiji islands. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV, Fig. 1. Ornithoptera victorie, 3. Imago, upper and under sides. ! , half-grown larva; from a drawing by Mr. OC. M. Wood- ford. 3. Ornithoptera regine, egg, natural size, and a portion of surface mag- nified. February 21, 1888. Prof. W. H. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Arthur Thomson exhibited a series of Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens during the past year, and read the following Report on the subject :— Report on the Insect-house for 1887. The following is a list of the Insects exhibited in the Insect-house during 1887 :— Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies. Indian. Attacus atlas. Actias selene. pernyi. Antherea mylitta. cynthia. Cricula trifenestrata. American. Samia cecropia. Actias luna. Telea polyphemus. Dirphia tarquinia. * angulifera. Hypochera io. promethea. African. Antherea cytherea. 1 Cerbera odollam, Mr. Hemsley tells me, is closely allied to the Oleander, and similar in aspect. It is common on the sea-shores of India, Ceylon, Malaya, North Australia, and throughout Polynesia, even as far eastwards as Pitcairn Island, though it does not reach the American coast. The seeds will bear long immersion in the sea without injury, and the plant is one of the early inhabi- tants of coral islands. * Exhibited for the first time. 120 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Feb. Diurnal Lepidoptera. European. Papilio machaon. podalirius. Thais polyxena. Parnassius apollo. Euchloé cardamines. Vanessa antiopa. Vanessa levana. Argynnis euphrosyne. Limenitis sibylla. Melanargia galathea. Apatura iris. Aporia crategi. Lycena corydon. 10. African. Papilio porthaon. Papilio nireus. policenes. morania. American. Papilio ajax. Papilio troilus. asterias. turnus. Nocturni. Smerinthus populi. * Philampelus achemon. tilie. * Hemaris cynoglossum. Sphinx ligustri. * Deiopeia pulchella. Callimorpha dominula. pinastri. Bombyx quercus. Deilephila euphorbie. gal. Boarmia repandata. Cherocampa oldenlandie *Demas coryli. (Japan). Notadonta ziczac. elpenor. Eacles imperialis. *Otus myron. *Composia olympia. Of the silk-producing Bombyces, one species, Telea angulifera, was exhibited for the first time. I had, altogether, six cocoons of this interesting species, three belonging to the Society and three to the Hon. Walter Rothschild. All of them produced moths, the Society’s producing two fine males and one poor female, and Mr. Rothschild’s three fine females. It is curious to note that the males of this species so much resemble the females of Telea promethea. Whilst speaking of the silk-producing Moths, I wish to say that on the 8th of September last I received twelve cocoons of a Silk- Moth from Mr. Gerald Dudgeon, of Darjeeling, which he had found wild near that place, but of which he did not know the name. These cocoons, which are very curious and unlike any other cocoons I have seen, I regret to say, have not produced any moths. Mr. Dudgeon, in a letter he wrote at the time he sent the cocoons, gives a description of the larvee. Of the cocoons (which I now ex- hibit) he says, the larva ‘‘about the middle of June constructs a eurious hanging-cocoon, with an aperture all along the top. The lower extremity of the cocoon is pointed and encloses a well-formed drain. This drain consists of a small cell made of hardened silk, * Exhibited for the first time. 1888.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. = 121 and perforated interiorly with ten or twelve small holes, and having a larger hole outside. “« The necessity of this drain is evident, for owing to the aperture at the top, the rain, which falls very heavily here at times, would be apt to fill the cocoon, and thus drown the pupa; therefore the larva con- structs for itself a perfect drain, by which the water runs out as fast as it comes in.” I forwarded two of these cocoons to Mr. F. Moore, asking if he knew them. Mr. Moore, in his letter to me, replied :—‘‘ They are, for a certainty, those of the Moth named Rhodia newara, described by me in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 578, from specimens collected in Nepal by the late General Ramsay, who also gave me a description of the cocoon.” The pupz of four species of African Papilios were brought to England in September 1886 by Mrs. Monteiro. Some of these emerged soon after their arrival, and others continued to emerge up to October 15 of that year; the remainder, viz. 13 Papilio porthaon, 5 P. policenes, | P. nireus, and 29 P. morania, passed the winter in the Insect-house, and commenced to emerge again on the 2nd of April last year. The first to appear was Papilio porthaon, followed by P. morania on the 5th and 7th, P. policenes on the 10th, and P. nireus on the 11th. I succeeded in getting a pairing of Papilio ajaz, but I am sorry to say that the female died without depositing any eggs, although I procured the food-plant (Asimina triloba). In consequence of the great heat and continued dry weather experienced last summer, I was not able to rear many larvee, although I had fertile ova of most of the silk-producing Moths. Amongst the few that I did rear, it may interest entomolgists to know that I reared easily some larvee of Deopeia pulchella upon the common Forget-me-not (Myosotis arvensis), of which there is an abundant supply growing on the banks of the canal. I wrote to Mr. J. C. Warburg in May last, who was at Cannes at the time, asking him if he could send me some living specimens of this insect by post; this he was good enough to do, and, as I anticipated, a few eggs were laid en route, and a few in the case on arrival. These eggs 7 collected, and reared about sixteen perfect insects from them, and from these T obtained a second brood, and I have the honour to exhibit specimens of each brood this evening. Two of the larvze were taken by Lord Walsingham (who had not before seen them) to add to the collection which he has presented to the Natural History Museum. In August last Mrs. Blake, who had just returned from the Ba- hamas, sent three pupze of a Moth to the Insect-house. Two Moths emerged from these, and proved to be the very beautiful Composia olympia. The larva feeds upon Stephanotis. Mrs. Blake was also good enough to send at the same time a specimen of a Mygale, of which I do not at present know the specific name. This specimen I regret to say died in December, and I ex- hibit it this evening set in the position which these creatures assume if irritated. 122 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE AZYGOS [Feb. 21, In June last Major Cassel presented to the Society two Trap-door Spiders from Natal. These are still living, but up to Saturday last I had not seen either of them out of their cells; on that day I, after some trouble, got one out, and, as well as I was able, made a sketch of it. I wrote to the Rev. O. P. Cambridge respecting these Spiders, asking him if he could tell me anything about them; he replied, saying, that he ‘“‘confidently expected the S.-African Trap-door Spiders would be new to science, as he did not, at that moment, re- member anything of the kind of the size I mentioned.” These Spiders have fed principally upon Cockroaches, and the one I had out on Saturday was in splendid condition. The following papers were read :— 1. Note on the Azygos Veins in the Anurous Amphibia. By G. B. Howss, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal Sch. of Science and R. Sch. of Mines. [Received February 7, 1888.] It is customary to regard the presence of the vena cava inferior as a special characteristic of the air-breathing Vertebrata, and the view most generally accepted and taught holds this vessel to be a late development, which replaces the posterior-cardinal veins of fishes. Indeed, some authorities would regard its presence and absence as distinctive of the air-breathing and water-breathing series respec- tively. Balfour wrote of it’:—‘The venous system of Amphibia and Amniota always differs from that of fishes in the presence of a new vessel, the vena cava inferior, which replaces the posterior car- dinal veins, the latter only being present, in their piscine form, during embryonic life.”’ Chief amongst recent researches into the morphology and develop- ment of the venous system are those of Parker’*, Hochstetter*°, Meyer®. The work of the second-named author will become little short of revolutionary, should his deductions hald good. He claims, as the chief result of his investigations, to have shown that the vena cava inferior, instead of being throughout its whole extent a primarily independent vessel, is a compound structure—the product of a fusion 1 Comp. Embryology, vol. ii. p. 538. 2 “On the Venous System of the Skate,” Trans. New-Zealand Instit. vol. xi. 1880, p. 49. 3 “On the Blood-vessels of Mustelus antarcticus,” Phil. Trans. vol. 177. 1886, . 685. , 4 “Beitr. zur vergleichend. Anat. und Entwicklungsgesch. d. Venensyst. der Ampbib. und Fische,” Morpholog. Jabrb. vol. xiii. 1887, p. 119. 5 “Ueb. die Bildung d. hinteren Hohlvene b. d. Saiugethieren,” Anat. Anzeiger, vol. ii. 1887, p. 517. § «“Ueb. d. Entwicklung des Herzens und d. grossen Gefassstamme b. d. Sela- chiern,” Naples Mittheilungen, vol. vii. 1887, p. 338. 1888. | VEINS IN THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 123 between a late-formed hepatic vessel and one or both of the posterior cardinal veins. To that portion which is derived from the cardinal veins, and which receives the ven renales revehentes, he applies the term “ urniere Abschnitte”; it is represented, in the adults of the higher forms, by all behind and including the renal veins. He further asserts that whereas in Amphibia the two posterior cardinals become confluent to form this, in Mammalia’, on the other hand, the cardinal vein of the right side also gives origin to it. On the completion of the above-named developmental processes the anterior or prerenal portions of the posterior cardinal veins either become modified, to form the azygos and hemi-azygos veins of human anatomy, or, for the most part, disappear. Hochstetter has worked out the steps in the development in Bombinator, Pelobates, Rana, and Salamandra among Amphibia. So far as Bombinator is concerned, he fully confirms the classical researches of Goette, except for the fact that that author failed to observe the persistence of the entire posterior cardinals in the adult. Hochstetter has shown that in Bombinator igneus their anterior portions (morphological azygos veins) not only persist for life, but that with their confluence pos- teriorly, to form the hinder part of the vena cava inferior, their original continuity is not destroyed. There thus result two well- defined veins (c.p. of fig.), which pass upwards and forwards, side by side with the arches of the aorta, putting, as in some Urodeles, the fully formed vena cava inferior into direct communication with the veins of the anterior extremities. In Rana, according to Hochstetter, the anterior segments of the pos- terior cardinals atrophy during metamorphosis. An individual example of the Common Frog (R. temporaria, adult 9 ) has, however, recently come into my hands’, in which the vessel persisted for its entirety on one side (see fig., p. 124)*. Not only so, but its development had con- tinued pari passu with that of other related parts—in excess of that seen even in Bombinator. The drawing speaks for itself as to detail, and it must suffice to point out that, except as concerned the presence and relations of this vein, no noteworthy difference could be detected between the distribution of even the smaller vessels in this animal and those of the ordinary adult. The least normal among the veins were the ovarian ones (ov.), which, as will be seen, were strikingly asymmetrical. There was not the remotest trace of the correspond- ing portion of the right posterior cardinal. The persistence of this vein in one of the Ranidee is, in itself, deserving of record; but careful comparison with Bombinator has revealed an interesting difference between the two. Hochstetter con- firms and extends Goette’s discovery that the main trunks of the venze renales advehentes are primarily continuous with the posterior car- dinals, forming trunks (Jacobson’s veins) the lower ends of which, subsequently receiving the iliac veins, become the renal portals 1 Anat. Anz. vol. ii. 1887, p. 519. ? Thanks to the diligence of my pupil, Mr. W. F. Hume. 5 As these sheets were passing through the press I met with the same con- dition in a male of Bombinator bombinus. 124 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE AZYGOS [Feb. 21, of the adult. In Bombinator, however, despite the persistence of both renal portal and azygos veins, this continuity is eventually lost. In the specimen of the Common Frog under consideration it persisted, Fig. The venous system of an adult of Rana temporaria ( 2 ), showing a persistent azygos (posterior cardinal) vein. Fig. 1. Ventral aspect. The vena cava inferior in part removed, and the left kidney turned slightly inwards to display its external dorsal border. Fig. 2. Lefi kidney, dorsal aspect. Magnified 13 times. a.c, Vena cava superior; ¢.p, azygos (posterior cardinal) vein; d./, dorso- lumbar vein; 2/, iliac vein; od, oviducal veins; ov, ovarian veins; p.c, cut ends of vena cava inferior; 7.a@, vense renales advehentes; s.v, sinus venosus; wr, ureter, and the anastomosing trunk received (or gave off) renal branches. This fact is the more surprising, in that in Pelobates the separation takes place before metamorphosis, at a period when the anterior segment of the cardinal vein is but feebly developed’. 1 Hochstetter, iv. p. 162. 1888. ] VEINS IN THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 125 Hochstetter has examined Bombinator, Hyla, Rana, and Bufo, and in none but the former has he found a persistence of the vessels above named. He was not in a position to discuss the morpholo- gical significance of the fact, as a guide to affinity. ‘The researches of Cope’, Boulenger’, and others point to the conclusion that the Discoglosside, rather than the Aglossa, are to be regarded as the least modified of all living Anura. Boulenger writes*, “in the presence of ribs and opisthoccelian vertebrae the members of this very natural family closely approach the higher tailed Batrachians.” The retention of the posterior cardinal (azygos) vein in Bombinator can only be regarded as a sign of low affinity, and, mindful of the well-known osteological and other characters of this family, I have been led to examine other genera thereof, with the view of ascer- taining if this retention is common to all its members. I tind the veins of both sides well developed in two specimens (¢ and 92) of Bombinator bombinus. Of five Alytes obstetricans examined (three 3, two @ ), four showed no traces; in the fifth, however (a 9 ), both veins were fully represented, but small. This was also the case in a 6 of Discoglossus pictus. From this it must be assumed that the character is fairly distinctive of the Discoglosside. Thanks to Prof. Huxley, I have had the opportunity of examining adults of Pipa (¢ )and Dactylethra(?). In neither of these could I observe a trace of the vessels in question ; the specimens had been previously very much dissected, but should subsequent investigation upon fresh material (which I hope to carry out) substantiate this, the deductions of the afore-named authors as to the lowliness of the Discoglosside will receive striking confirmation. These facts are, in themselves, sufficient to invest any Anura with a fresh interest, whose affinities with the Discoglosside have been suggested or called into question. Conspicuous among such is Pelodytes ; and for au opportunity of examining this and other genera my best thanks are due to Mr. Boulenger, who has, with his customary generosity, afforded me unstinted aid. Pelodytes is held by Giinther and Mivart* to be allied to the Discoglosside, and by others (Cope, Lataste, Boulenger) to the Pelobatide’. As I am unable to find any traces of the vein in two adult males of Pelodytes and one of Pelobates, I can but give my support to the latter view. Finally, Hochstetter, in his earlier paper, describes an anastomosis between the hepatic sinus and the posterior cardinal veins in Elas- mobranchs*, which he holds to be tantamount to the formation of a vena cava inferior. This deduction is far too revolutionary to merit immediate adoption; the probability of its accuracy is, however, cer- ' Nat. Hist. Review, 1865; also Journ. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. vi. 1866, p. 67. * Catalogue of Batrachia Salientia, British Museum, 1882. Ibid. p. 444. P. ZS. 1869, p. 280 ef seq. For references, see Cat. Batr. Salientia. Cf. Jourdain, Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1859, series 4, vol. xii. Also quoted by Parker, of whose papers Hochstetter does not appear to have been cognizant. This is to be regretted, as the two differ on joints of considerable interest. 3 4 5 6 126 MR. A. Ss WOODWARD ON [Feb. 21, tainly not lessened by current advance, for Boas has lately shown most conclusively! that the pulmonary artery is homologous through- out the vertebrate series. 2. Paleontological Contributions to Selachian Morphology. By A. Smrra Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). [Received January 17, 1888.] I. On the Lateral Line of a Cretaceous Species of Scylhide. It has long been known that the canal investing the sense-organs of the “‘lateral lme’’ in Selachian fishes attais, as a rule, to a considerably higher stage of development than in the Chimeroids. While in the latter the canal is merely an open groove, supported by a series of incomplete ring-like dermal calcifications, in the former it assumes a tubular character, opening externally by a row of small orifices, either in its own roof, or through short secondarily developed diverticula. Only two undoubted exceptions to tliis rule appear to have hitherto been placed on record. he living Echinorhinus is shown by Solver* to have the lateral line in the form of an open groove, thouzh this apparently is not supported by any minute calcifications ; and very similar is the lateral line of Chlamydoselachus, as described by Gar- man*., ‘The supposed Liassic Selachian, Squaloraja, may also be assumed to have exhibited a similar condition of this organ, the small half-rings originally supporting it being very clearly seen in several fossils recently described before this Society *, and agreeing in every respect with those met with in Ischyodus and Chimera. Both of the first-named genera, however, are of a comparatively primitive cha- racter, and Squaloraja shows several other marks of resemblance to the Chimeeroids, so that the fact is not unexpected. But I have lately observed suggestive traces of a similarly embryonic lateral line in a most specialized modern type of Selachian ; and as this appears to be an unlooked-for novelty, it may be deemed worthy of a brief note. The Shark in question is a small fossil species, discovered in the Upper Cretaceous strata of Mount Lebanon, Syria, and provisionally assigned by Pictet and Humbert’ to the genus Scy/lium, under the 1 “Ueb. d. Arterien bogen der Wirbelthiere,” Morpholg. Jahrb. vol. xiii. 1887, p. 115. See also zbid, vol. vii. p. 488, and vol. viil. p. 169. 2 B. Solger, ‘Neue Untersuchungen zur Anatomie der Seitenorgane der Fische,’ Archiv mikr. Anat. vol. xvii. (1880), p. 96. 3S. Garman, *‘ Chlamydoselachus anguineus, Garm., a living species of Clado- dont Shark,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. vol. xii. no. 1 (1885), p. 3. 4 Smith Woodward, ‘Note on the Lateral Line of Squaloraja, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 481. 5 B. J. Pictet et A. Humbert, ‘Nouv. Rech. Poiss. Foss. Mont Liban,’ p- 111, pl. xviii. figs. 2-4. 1888. ] SELACHIAN MORPHOLOGY. 127 name S. sahel-alme. It is an undoubted member of the Scyl- lide ; the vertebral centra are distinctly asterospondylic; the body is much depressed, so that all the fossils display either the dorsal or ventral aspect ; the tail is very long; the teeth are of the ordinary type; and some other distinctive features are shown. In one respect, however, it seems to differ from all known Scylliidze. It is destitute of dermal shagreen; and on this account the peculiarity to be here noted is very conspicuous in the impressions upon the limestone. On either side of the trunk and tail, at a short distance from the vertebral column, there is a delicate longitudinal streak, which, upon close examination, is found to consist of a series of minute ringlets, in their crushed state overlapping one another. ‘Though in some parts obscure, these are very distinctly shown to be incomplete half-rings, and they are thus precisely similar to those already described by Leydig in Chimera, and by myself in Sgualoraja. They occupy the position of the lateral line in the fossil, and they are of the usual proportions, so that there can be no doubt as to the correctness of their identification. They are especially evident in one specimen in the British Museum, numbered 48107 ; but neither in this, nor in any other, have I observed an extension of the rings upon the cephalic region, a circumstance perhaps indicating that, as in Chimera, the groove of the lateral line was partially closed in its anterior portion. Whatever may be the significance of the facts just detailed, they are worthy the attention of biologists having the opportunity of examining the anatomy of recent Selachians. It is quite possible that the supports of the lateral line of Seyllium sahel-alme ave a surviving mark of affinity with the Chimeroids; it is equally possible that they may relate only to analogous mechanical contin- gencies. Further observations upon the characters of the “ lateral- line”’ structures in Selachians with naked skins are much to be desired. II. On the Pelvic Cartilage of Cyclobatis. One of the most remarkable endoskeletal structures presented for consideration among extinct Selachians, is the pelvic cartilage of a small Sting-Ray (Cyclobatis), from the prolific Cretaceous fish-beds of Mount Lebanon. This does not appear to have been hitherto correctly interpreted, and as it may eventually prove to have a not unimportant bearing upon certain theoretical considerations, a brief description and separate figure will doubtless be acceptable to biologists. The fish was originally described as a fossil Torpedo by Egerton’, but I have lately determined that it is almost certainly referable to the Trygonide *. As shown in the accompanying woodcut (p. 128) the transverse ? Sir P. Egerton, “Description of a Fossil Ray from Mount Lebanon (Cyclobatis oligodactylus),” Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. pp. 442-446, pl. v. * Smith Woodward, “ Note on the Affinities of the so-called ‘Torpedo’ from the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon,” Geol. Mag. [3] vol. iv. 1887, pp. 508-510. 128 MR. WOODWARD ON SELACHIAN MORPHOLOGY. [ Feb. 21, pubic cartilage in its median portion is straight and narrow, but becomes slightly broader and is angularly bent backwards at about one fourth of its total length from either extremity. From each angulation in front there projects forward a very long tapering pre- pubic process, rightly interpreted as such by Sir Philip Egerton in his original description of the fossil; and immediately in advance of the point of attachment of the basal cartilage of the pelvic fin on each side another larger process is seen to extend laterally. This is almost or quite as broad as the median portion of the pubic cartilage itself, and is directed outwards, without apparent tapering, to a distance equal to the entire transverse extent of the complete pubic element, when it bends backwards almost at right angles, and is half Pelvic cartilage of Cyclobatis oligodactylus, from the Chalk of Mount Lebanon, Syria. 6p, basal cartilage of pelvie fin; ¢@, iliae process; pb, pubic curtilage; p.pb, prepubic process. as long again, though rapidly narrowed to a point. This remarkable process was described by Egerton as the “ proximal digit” of the pelvic fin, while Mr. J. W. Davis has recently* hazarded the suggestion that it ‘‘ may have been the basal portion of a clasper.’’ As, however, no sutural line can be observed at the origin of the cartilage, and as it is sometimes seen to be dorsa/ly placed with respect to the other structures, there cannot be much doubt that it is the homologue of the well-known process named the iliac. ‘Yhe enormous proportions of these processes in Cye/obatis appears at present inexplicable, the prepubic equalling no less than one sixth the entire length of the disk. No known Selachian, so far as I am aware, exhibits pelvic-arch processes of equal relative size, and in the living Trygon these are comparatively insignificant or absent *. 1 J. W. Davis, “ Fossil Fishes of Chalk of Mount Lebanon,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe. [2], vol. iii. 1887, p. 492. 2 In the figure of the skeleton of Zrygon given by Agassiz (‘ Rech. Poiss. Foss.’ vol. iii. pl. nm. fig. 1), a large aseending process is shown connecting the pelvic cartilage with the vertebral column. ‘his must be an artist’s error. 1§88. | ON MAMMALS FROM COZUMEL AND RUATAN. 129 Professor Howes, however, has suggested to me that the great iliac prominences may have supported the metapterygium of the pectoral fin in the same manner as the antorbital (post-palatine) cartilage is related to the proptervgium. ‘The reflected tapering extremities are certainly best explained upon this hypothesis ; and although the crushing to which the fossils have been subjected prevents the possibility of decisive proof, I venture to adopt this interpretation of the structures as at present the most plausible. 3. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. G. F. Gaumer on Cozumel and Ruatan Islands, Gulf of Honduras. By Oxuprize_p Tuomas. [Received January 26, 1888.] Mr. Salvin has asked me to put on record the names of the Mammals collected by Mr. G. F. Gaumer, (1) on Cozumel Island, situated off the east coast of Yucatan in 20° 30' N. lat.; and (2) on the Bay Islands—i .e., Ruatan with its companion Bonaccea, off the north coast of Honduras, 16° 25’ N. lat., and 86° 25’ W. long. The specimens have been presented to the Natural History Museum by Messrs. O. Salvin and F. D. Godman, for whom they were collected. I. Cozumel Island. 1. Nasua wasica, L. 2. Nycrinomus Gracitis, Wagn. 3. CHILONYCTERIS RUBIGINOSA, Wagn. 4. ARTIBEUS PERSPICILLATUs, L. 5. DipeLpuys MARSUPIALTS, L’. Il. Ruatan and Bonacca Islands. 1, SaccorpreRyX BILINEATA, Temm. Ruatan. 2. Motossus osscurus, Geoffr. Ruatan. 3. GLossopHaGa soricina, Pall. Ruatan. 4. ARTIBEUS PERSPICILLaATUS, L. Ruatan. 5. StI@MODON uisPiIDUs, 8. & O. Bonacca. 6. Dasyprocta PUNCTATA, Gray. Ruatan. A squirrel from the Island of Meco, on the north coast of Yucatan, was also obtained, and proves to be referable to Sciwrus hypopyrrhus colliei, Rich. 1 As will be shown elsewhere, I consider this name applicable to all ihe large, long-haired Opossums hitherto known as D. virginiana, D. cancrivora, D. aurita, &e. Proc. Zoor. Soc.— 1888, No. IX. 0) 130 MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW GENUS OF MURID&. [Feb. 21, 4. On a new and interesting Annectant Genus of Muride, with Remarks on the Relations of the Old- and New- World Members of the Family. By Otprietp Tuomas, Natural History Museum. [Received February 10, 1888.] (Plate V.) By the kindness of Prof. Alphonse Milne-Edwards I have been entrusted with the description of a specimen which has been in the Paris Museum for some years, where it has borne the unpublished name of ‘‘ Malacomys ferrugineus,’ a name by which it has been incidentally referred to in print, and which therefore, so far as the species is concerned, I now retain in order to avoid confusion. The genus may be termed Dromys’, g. n. General external form as in Mus. Pollex with a narrow nail. Hind feet elongate. ° Infraorbital foramen triangular, not narrowed below, its external plate slender, not produced forwards. Upper incisors each with two minute, almost microscopic, grooves; lower incisors smooth. Anterior upper molars with seven distinct and prominent cusps, arranged 2-3-2, the extra one on the middle lamina® placed quite internal to the general series. Second molars not placed obliquely ; with five cusps ‘arranged 3-2, as in Mus, but the antero-internal cusp not pushed forwards in front of the others. Lower molars with the cusps biserially arranged as usual. All the cusps above and below unusually high and distinct, connected with one another by quite low and inconspicuous enamel ridges. DEOMYS FERRUGINEUS, Sp. Nn. General colour of head and body a clear pale red or reddish fawn- colour, thickly grizzled along the centre of the back with black, but the reddish colons of the cheeks, shoulders, sides, and hips quite clear and unmixed. Face rather duller in general tone; area round eyes black, not sharply defined. ars very large, oval, rounded ; 1 déw, I link. 2 To avoid the too frequent use of such terms as the “anterior internal” cusp, or “central cusp of the middle lamina,” it would be useful to have a simple formula for the naming of each cusp. This might be done by calling the three laminz of m! A, B, and O, and their respective cusps 1, 2, and 3, counting from outside inwards. Thus the cusps just quoted would be A3 and B 2 respectively, while one would say of Deomys that the cusp-formula of its ml! was A 1,2; B1,2,38; C1, 2, since it is without the A 3 present in Mus, and possesses the B 3 absent in the Crice¢i. The same formula is of course equally applicable to ™? or any other tooth. The reason for numbering the cusps from the outside inwards is that Deomys shows that the third cusp has been added on the inner side, and therefore that the two cusps of Cricetus are homologous with the two outer cusps of Mus. Smit delet lith. Mintern Bros. imp. * DEOMYS FERRUGINEUS. = aii eek 18s8.] Mk. 0. PHOMAS ON A NEW GENUS OF MURIDA&. 131 laid forward (in spirit-specimens), they would no doubt reach to or beyond the anterior canthus of the eye. Hairs of back nearly white at their bases, then slate-coloured, their tips reddish, or, along the centre, black. Whole of underside and inner sides of limbs pure sharply defined white, the back of the lower leg, however, slaty grey. Hands and feet white. Feet long and slender; fifth hind toe (without claw) barely reaching to the base of the fourth; hallux reaching about to the level of the middle of the fifth. Soles quite naked, smooth, the pads small, rounded, prominent, only five in number, the postero-external one of the complete Murine set of six absent. Tail very long, slender, finely and distinctly scaled, the scales about 12 or 13 to the centimetre; its proximal half almost naked, with just a few minute hairs between the seales; these gradually increase in numbers, the terminal half being sufficiently thickly clothed for the scales to be nearly or quite hidden ; colour of tail sharply bicolor from base to tip, above slaty grey, below white, the hairs and scales both so coloured. Skull (Plate V. figs. 1-5) very light, slender, and delicate, with a very long narrow parallel-sided muzzle. Nasals not tapering backwards, but as broad behind as in the middle, their posterior margin directly transverse ; frontal process of premaxilla not reaching to the level of the back of the nasals. Interorbital space broad, smooth, evenly convex, its edges with a slight but distinct beading. Zygomata but little expanded, very thin and weak, their two anterior roots, upper and lower, about equal both in thickness and length; the zygomata, therefore, commencing at a much lower level than in Mus, and the lower root entirely without the broad external pro- jecting plate so characteristic of the typical Mures. Infraorbital foramen large, open, and rounded, not at all narrowed below. Palate narrow, its edges square and sharp-edged, continued behind the level of the last molar for about two millimetres ; palatal fora- mina short, ending some distance in front of m'. Lower jaw un- usually low, light, and slender. Incisors orange above, yellow below, the upper ones narrow, flat in front, not bevelled; with two minute vertical grooves down the face of each. Molars with their pattern as already described ; their cusps very high, pointed, and sharply defined ; m' as long as m® and m* together. Dimensions of the type, an adult specimen, stuffed :— Head and body 125 millim.; tail 172 (extreme tip imperfect) ; hind foot 33°8; ear (dried) 17; heel to tip of hallux 23, of fifth toe 25°5 ; to front of last foot-pad 17°8; to point between bases of third and fourth toe 26°6. Skull :—basal length (c.) 29-0; greatest breadth 16:0; nasals, length 14-0, greatest breadth 4:0; interorbital breadth 6°7 ; inter- parietal, length (c.) 4°5, breadth 9-2 ; lower anterior zygoma-root, diameter 1°8; infra-orbital foramen, height 3-2, breadth (c.) 1°9; distance from outer corner of one foramen to that of the other 9:6: palate, length 18-5, breadth outside m’ 8°1, inside m' 4-1; diastema, length 9°9; palatal foramina, length 5:2; length of whole upper 132 MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW GENUS OF MURID&. [Feb. 21, molar series 5°6, of m'’ 3°5, of m? 1:9, of m® 1:0; lower jaw, length (bone only) 20-0, (to incisor tips) 22°0 ; vertical diameter of ramus below m' 3:0, just behind symphysis 1°7; angle to tip of coronoid process 8°0; length of lower molar series 5°6. Hab. Lower Congo (MM. Petit). The very special and unusual interest that this new genus possesses lies in the fact that it represents a ‘ missing link ” in the phylogeny of the Muridze, as it is intermediate between the two great groups of that family, the Mures and Criceti*. The distinction between these two groups is, broadly, that the upper molars of the latter have their cusps arranged biserially, while in those of the former they are triserially placed. (Plate V. figs. 9 and 10.) Deomys therefore (Plate V. fig. 7), with its bicuspidate anterior and tricuspidate middle lamina of m", shows an intermediate condition between the two, and probably represents an early stage in the evo- lution of a triserially from a biserially arranged dentition. That it is, not a later specialization of the Murine group through the loss of the cusp A 3 is shown by the very primitive characters present both in ™* and in the formation of the infraorbital foramen. In the complete systematic arrangement of the Muride, therefore, we shall have to look upon Deomys as forming by itself a special section, the Deomyes, intermediate between the Mures and Criceti. From the distribution of the two latter groups, and the characters of their fossil allies, it has long been recognized by students of the subject that the Cviceti, with their comparatively simple teeth, repre- sent the original Muridze, once spread over nearly the whole world’, but now, owing to the competition of the more highly specialized Mures, almost confined to America and Madagascar, in each of which places they still form the only Muride. It has frequently been stated or assumed that they are entirely confined to these two parts of the globe, and on this assumption, without reference to the paleontological history of the group, great and altogether dispro- portionate stress has been laid upon their distribution as affording evidence of the more or less direct connection of the American and Madagascar faune®. Asa matter of fact, no instance can better support Mr. Wallace’s views‘ on the derivation, and especially on the undoubtedly American relationships, of the Madagascar fauna, since the three conditions on which his views are based—viz.: (1) the lowly nature and therefore considerable antiquity of the Madagascar forms, (2) their former wider distribution, and (3) their powerlessness to resist the competition of rival forms now paramount in Africa— are all conspicuously preseut in the Criceti, the group to which the 1 This group has been called the ‘‘Sigmodontes” by most English and American authors; but that name should give way to “Criceti” for reasons shown below. See also Winge, Vid. Medd. 1881, pp. 25 and 54; H Museo 2 There is as yet no evidence of the former presence of any Cricetine form in the Australian region. 3 Of., for example, Kolbe (SB. Nat. Freund. 1887, p. 147), whose remarks are based on Peters’s account of Nesonvys (op. cit. 1870, p. 54). * ) Assist. Prof. of Zoology, Normal Sch. of Science and R. Sch. of Mines, S. Kensington. [Received April 17, 1883.] The Chilian Batrachian Rhinoderma darwini was among the most interesting finds of the voyage of the ‘ Beagle,’ and its special interest lay in the fact that it was originally thought by Gay’ to have been viviparous. Jiminez de la Espada disproved this in 1872, and brought to light * the remarkable fact that the gular sac of the male becomes greatly enlarged and modified, to form a brood- pouch, within which the larval metamorphoses of the young are undergone. The specimen which furnished the subject-matter for these notes came into my hands quite recently *, in the course of an inquiry into the skeleton of the Anura*. Finding that I was able to supplement the descriptions of Espada, and seeing that his paper was published without illustration, I thought it desirable to seize the opportunity of putting on record drawings of so rare anobject. The specimen itself differs in no important external character from those hitherto described. It measures from snout to vent 30 mm., that being the length given by Espada ; the length of the outstretched hind limb is 62 mm., and the greatest transverse diameter of the trunk 18 mm.’ The cutaneous lobes of the fore limb (‘ epaulettes ’) 1 Compt. Rend. vol. ii. p. 822 (1835). * Anales d.l. Soc. Esp. d. hist. nat. Madrid, vol. i. pp. 189-151 (1872). German abstract by Spengel, Zeitsch. wiss. Zool. vol. xxix. pp. 495-501 (1877). * Among some material generously placed at my disposal by my master, Prof. Huxley. 4 See P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 141. ° For good fig. see Gay, Hist. de Chile, Atlas, pl. 7, Erpetologia. 232 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE GULAR [Apr. 17, are somewhat smaller than usual. There appears to have been an exceptional inequality in the deposition of dark pigment on the under surface of the body and hind limbs; for with the exception of the right member, which was unusually dark, these parts were but little coloured (see fig. 1). Fig. 1. Gular sae of Rhinoderma darwini, adult male, Ventral view of the trunk, the right half of the ventral integument having been removed to show the underlying gular brood-sac, s.g; multiplied two and a half times. On slitting up the ventral integument, as shown in fig. 1, the immense gular sac was at once exposed for its whole length. It occupied, as will be seen, the interspace between the body-wall and ventral integument. Anteriorly it was rounded, extending forwards to near the mentum, while posteriorly it was prolonged backwards into two insignificant cornua. The entire sac was bilaterally symmetrical, and it appears to have equalled in capacity that of any specimen examined by Espada. 1888.] BROOD-POUCH OF RHINODERMA DARWINI. 233 That author says, in describing its attachments (Spengel’s trans- lation, p. 499), ‘Sie fand sich stellenweise anliegend, stellenweise vollstiindig verwachsen mit der Innenfliche der Haut und mit der Aussenfliiche der Brust- und Bauchmuskeln.” In my specimen no such confluence with the abdominal muscles was discernible ; such attachments, however, as were instituted were of a very definite order. Espada states that the sac bears at the shoulders ‘ Zipfeln’ ; and this might appear to imply that it is an irregular structure, bearing lateral diverticula and accommodating itself, as it were, to its sur- roundings. The only fusion with the inner surface of the integu- The same as in fig. 1, the ventral integument having been wholly reflected, and the gular sac opened up to display its contents. ment observable in my specimen is a bilaterally symmetrical one (figs. 1 & 2) set up near the angle of the lower jaw. The wall of the sac, elsewhere very thin and transparent, is at these points thickened, and, consequent upon its adherence to the integument, dragged out as it were laterally, to form two prolongations which answer very 234 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE GULAR [Apr. 17, satisfactorily to the aforenamed ‘ Zipfeln. It will thus be seen that these outgrowths are forcible displacements, due to the mode of suspension of the gular sac, rather than casual outgrowths, as might be imagined at first sight. Espada’s statement concerning the attachment to the ventral muscles does not do justice to the facts. The brood-pouch of my specimen was found, on being raised, to hang free behind the line of attachment, and that was found to follow the anterior border of the bony clavicle. This fact is shown in fig. 3, where the greater part of the ventral wall of the sac (s.g') had been removed and the small portion of its post-clavicular dorsal wall (s.g!') which remained turned forwards. Anteriorly to this point of attachment a complete confluence is established between the dorsal wall of the sac and the overlying floor of the mouth (see dotted line of fig. 5). Examination of the parts in situ showed that all attachment is pre- clavicular, and that the main portion of the sac hangs free, the Fig. 3. tL A portion of the right half of fig. 2, dissected to show the intestine and liver, , together with the mode of attachment of the gular sac. co, coracoid ; du, duodenum ; md, angle of mandible; s, xiphisternum. whole being suspended as it were from the floor of the mouth and adjacent lateral integument, and lying within the great subcutaneous lymph-space (l.s., figs. 1, 2, 5). Espada mentions the fact that in one of his specimens the hinder half of the tongue was ‘‘ kiirzer oder zusammengezogen, wie um die Ein- und Ausgangs6ffuungen des Kehlsackes frei zu lassen.” This was not the case in my specimen. The tongue is (é, fig. 4) somewhat 1888. ] BROOD-POUCH OF RHINODERMA DARWINI. 235 contracted and asymmetrical ; the orifices of the gular pouch are less modified than might have been expected (each is 7 mm. long), and the whole floor of the mouth differs in no respect from that say of a normal Cystignathus. The larynx (J, fig. 4) is situated far back, immediately behind a deep fold of the lining membrane of the floor of the mouth. Its mucous membrane was slightly swollen around the aditus; but there were neither epiglottis nor other accessory folds present, as might have been expected '. The brood-pouch of my specimen contained 11 larvee, that number having been exceeded (12 and 15) by two of the five specimens dissected by Espada, These little animals are represented in fig. 2 \ & The floor of the mouth of Rhinoderma darwini, showing the tongue, larynx, and the orifices of the gular sac; multiplied two and a half times. as they lay in life; and it will be seen that they were, for the most part, irregularly disposed. Espada asserts that in one of his individuals the larva (7 in number) were “ einigermassen in zwei parallelen Reihen angeordnet”; he does not state, however, in what way the surfaces of the bodies of these or any of his specimens were disposed respecting those of the parent. Examination of fig. 2 shows that, with the exception of two individuals on the parent’s left, all lay with their ventral faces in apposition with that of the adult which bore them; and it might appear from this that the larvee are carried on their backs. These, it will be seen, were far advanced in development and, with two exceptions, disposed with their heads towards the neck of the sac, as though making their way towards the exterior. From the positions in which they lay it is tolerably certain that attempts were made by them to gain the latter in their death-struggles ; and I imagine that the parent died on its back, and that a stampede ensued, in which two of the unfor- tunate 11 prisoners were overpowered before righting themselves. The larvee were, as in one of Espada’s examples, unequally advanced in development. In all, both fore and hind limbs were free, the latter being webbed in three instances. Five of the 11 were caudate ; and it is worthy of remark that those whose metamorphosis was 1 Of. P. Z.S. 1887, p. 499, and Spengel, op. cit. p. 497. 236 ON THE GULAR POUCH OF RHINODERMA DARWINI. [Apr. 17, least advanced lay (as in Espada’s example) at the base of the sac (ef. fig. 2). he largest larva measured 8 mm. from snout to vent, 5 mm. across the trunk at its widest part. None were young enough to show the remotest vestiges of external gills, had such existed’, Espada found in one instance 15 young in the pouch. ‘These were apparently in a somewhat similar condition to those of my own specimen ; concerning the parent, he writes (Spengel, p. 499), ‘* Die Eingeweide nahmem einen unglaublich kleinen (cnverostmil!) Raum ein...... bei genauerer Betrachtung stellte sich das Phinomen nicht als eine mechanische Wirkung [of the enlargement of the sac] dar, sondern als eine Riickbildung, ein Schrumpfen dieser Eingeweide, SS WG Ls Longitudinal section of Rhinoderma darwini entire, taken to one side of the middle line after removal of the embryos; to show the general relations and sectional area of the gular brood-sac (s.q). bl, urinary bladder ; 4, heart; Z.s', dorsal subcutaneous lymph-sinus ; @, esophagus; sh, shoulder-girdle, welche wie abgezehrt erschienen. Das Thier muss ohne Zweifel, so lange seine Jungen in dem Brutraume sind, zum grossen Theil seine Ernahrungsfunctionen einstellen, wenn auch nicht vollstindig, wie bei den Winterschlafern.”” I accordingly examined, with no little interest, the condition of the parts in my specimen ; and this with unexpected results. The small intestine (7.s, fig. 3) was perfectly normal and full of food-material in an assimilable condition, while the large intestine (7.7) was fully charged with excreta like that of a normal individual. The stomach (st, fig. 5) was much distended by small Beetles and Diptera; and, but that the liver (A.p, fig. 3) was shrunken and displaced, and that the gall-bladder had collapsed, the alimentary viscera were those of a healthy animal in full diet. If Espada’s final deduction were correct, we might fairly expect to find the fat-body in an insignificant condition”. This was, on 1 Espada failed to find traces of these in still younger larve. * Cf. Knappe, ‘ Das Bidder’sche Organ,” Morph. Jahrb, vol. xi. (1886). 1888.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW RAT FROM NEW GUINEA. 237 the contrary, in my specimen, comparatively large (especially so upon the left side, c.a, fig. 5)—relatively larger, in fact, than in the healthy individual of the Common Frog prior to hibernation. In consideration of all the facts, I think it probable that Espada was mistaken, and that this extraurdinary paternal instinct does not lead up to that self-abnegation which he supposed. 3. Description of a new Genus and Species of Rat from New Guinea. By Oxprietp Tuomas. [Received March 27, 1888.] Among the collections recently brought from New Guinea by Mr. H. O. Forbes there occurs a specimen of Rat strongly resembling, superficially, the common small Papuan Uromys, U. cervinipes, Gould, but showing on a closer examination such characters, both external and cranial, as to necessitate the formation of a special genus for its reception: of these characters by far the most striking is its possession of a tail modified for prehension in the same fashion *, and almost to the same extent, as in the Phalangers inhabiting the same country. Among the other members of the Myomorpha, so far as I know, the only ones that have a truly prehensile tail are Dendromys and the common Harvest-Mouse (Mus minutus), in each of which there isa tendency towards the same modification of the tail as in the present animal. Otherwise, among the whole of the Rodents, this character is only found in the South-American Porcu- pines. It is true that many other Rats and Mice have the power of twisting their tails round branches, and so helping themselves in climbing, but in none is this so far developed as to cause any important modification in the actual structure of the tail, as is the case in the animal now described. The teeth, again, are remarkably complicated, and show a high degree of specialization, far more than is found in any other genus at all allied to the present one. This extreme specialization both of teeth and tail is especially remarkable in an animal inhabiting such a refuge for old and little-modified forms as New Guinea. The following is a detailed description of the new form :— CHIRUROMYS, g. 1. Externally like Mus, but with the terminal portion of the tail above without scales, quite naked, transversely wrinkled, and obviously prehensile. Scales of rest of tail (fig. 2, c) not, as is usual, square and arranged in distinct rings, but more or less pentagonal or lozenge- shaped, and set in diagonal slanting series, somewhat like the dorsal scales of a snake. Skull (fig. 1, p. 238) with the infraorbital foramen typical in shape, but with its external wall narrow and not produced forwards as a projecting plate. Anterior part of zygomata projecting outwards 1 Except that the curl is upwards instead of downwards. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1888, No. XVII. 17 238 MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW [Apr. 17, nearly at right angles to the general line of the skull. Supra- orbital edges square and sharp, but not beaded. Palatine foramina short and narrow. Bulle small. Teeth.—Incisors smooth. Upper molars (fig. 2, A) very compli- Skull of Chiruromys forbesi; once and a half the natural size. cated, the cusps low and the laminz scarcely marked, so that the homologies between their cusps and those found in other genera are by no means clear. M* with eleven cusps in all, namely three trans- verse sets of three each, and two extra solitary cusps; m* with 10 cusps; ™° nearly as long as ™°, apparently with seven cusps, but its 1888. ] RAT FROM NEW GUINEA. 239 pattern too vague and little defined for exact description. Lower m' (fig. 2, B) with three pairs of transversely elongated cusps, an anterior and posterior central cusp, and a long extra external ledge running the whole length of the tooth; m? with two pairs of similar cusps, a single posterior central one, and an external ledge; m® with two pairs of cusps and an antero-external ledge. CHIRUROMYS FORBESI, Sp. 0. Very similar to Uromys cervinipes, Gould, in size and general appearance. Colour above a uniform dull rufous grey, below buff, Chiruromys forbesi. A, left upper, and x. left lower molars, magnified about 10 diameters; c, dorsal view of middle, and p, tip of tail to show arrangement of scales. the line of demarcation fairly sharply defined; a ring round each eye nearly black ; between eye and ear, rather above their level, is a prominent white spot; whiskers very numerous, long and coarse, shining black, a single bristle also inserted just above each eye. Ears rather small, laid forward they reach to just beyond the middle of the eye, narrow, not pointed, their anterior edge straight, their tips and posterior margins evenly convex; quite naked inside and terminally outside. Palate-ridges seven, three anterior undivided and four interdental. Hallux rudimentary, with a broad nail; palms with five broad smooth pads. Soles quite naked, smooth, with six large low pads, the posterior pads elongated ; fifth hind toe reaching to the base of the last phalanx of the fourth. Tail (fig. 2, c and p) longer than the head and body, scaly, with minute hairs between the scales, its terminal inch or inch and a half quite naked and without scales above, the tip with a natural curl upwards and thus showing, as well as by its structure, the prehensile power it possesses ; scales large, averaging rather more than a millimeter in diameter ; arranged, 240 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON LAND [Apr. 17, as above described. Mammee six, one axillary and two inguinal pairs. Skull and teeth as described above. Hab. Sogere, S.E. New Guinea ; altitude 1750 feet. Dimensions of the type, an adult female, in spirit:—Head and body 156 millim.; tail 222; hind foot 30; fore arm and hand 425 ; ear (above crown) 17; head 43; muzzle to eye 18°8, to ear 35°5; heel to front of Jast foot-pad 15; length of the pad 6:8. Skull.—Basal length 34-0, greatest breadth 22°8 ; nasals, length 12°3; interorbital breadth 5°7; interparietal, length 4°8, breadth 9:3; infraorbital foramen, height 5:8, length of outer wall 4:0, distance from its outer corner to that of its fellow 11:0; palate, length 20°0, breadth outside m’ 7-0, inside m’ 4-0 ; palatal foramen, length 5:2; diastema, length 11:3; length of molar series 5°5, of m! 9-5, of m? 1°7, of m® 1°5; basicranial axis 11-0, basifacial axis 23°0. Length of lower jaw (bone only) 23-8, (to incisor tips) 27°0. 4. Onsome Land-Mollusks from Burmah, with Descriptions of some new Species. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin- Austen, F.R.S., F.Z.S8., &c.—Part I. [Received March 23, 1888. ] The following list comprises the shells which have reached me since our late occupation of the above country. The first batch were col- lected and sent me by my former assistant in the Survey, Mr. M. Ogle, from the districts on the Kyeng-dwen, or Chindwen, east of Munipur. The second Ihave lately had placed in my hands by Mr. J. Ponsonby, who received them from Captain Spratt, R.A., from Upper Burmah, where that officer has been employed during the late military expeditions. The shells are not in a good state of preservation, and no doubt were collected under very considerable difficulties as regards leisure and deficiency of carriage. There are many new forms, showing what a rich harvest awaits the naturalists who could devote more time and care to the work. We trust that Captain Spratt (son of Admiral Spratt, a life-long worker at the Mollusca) will yet be able to add still more to our knowledge of the species to be found in our newly acquired territory. I propose in this communication to describe the shells collected by Captain Spratt. Hlindet, where most of them were obtained, is situated on a tributary of the Irrawaddy, which, rising in the hills south of Mandalay, flows north to join that river at the sharp bend below that town. It is through this valley that the new line of railway is to run to the capital from Toungoo. The late Mr. Francis Fedden, of the Geological Survey, visited this part of Burmah and the Salwin valley, in 1864-65, and brought back with him a good many specimens of land-shells, which were described by Mr. W. Theobald in the Journal of the Asiatic Society for 1870. 1888. ] MOLLUSCA FROM BURMAH. 241 There will be also included two or three shells in Mr. Theobald’s collection from this part of Burmah, 1. AUSTENIA? KHYOUNGENSIS, 0. sp. Locality. Shan Hills. Shell globose, tumid, not umbilicated ; sculpture covered with an epidermis, smooth ; colour brown, but the specimen with epidermis still remaining is weathered, in life it is probably polished ; spire low, apex rounded ; suture shallow; whorls 3, the last ample and convex on periphery ; aperture nearly circular ; peristome thin, a strong callus on the body-whorl extending into the interior of the shell. Largest specimen. Size: maj. diam. 20°5, min. 12:0, alt. axis 9-0. Second specimen. Size: maj. diam. 18-0, min. 13°75, alt. axis 6°8, body-whor! 11:0 mm. Animal not seen. It would be an interesting species to obtain alive. This is one of those forms which, without an examination of the animal, it is quite impossible to assign to its true geueric or sub- generic position; it may be Cryptosoma or an Austenia. 2. AUSTENIA? ERRATICA, 0. sp. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills. Shell depressedly globose, narrowly umbilicated, solid for size; sculpture none, surface quite smooth ; colour white, shiny, but both specimens are bleached ; it has evidently an epidermis when alive ; spire flatly rounded, apex low; suture adpressed; whorls 32; aperture ovate, very oblique, very slightly descending at the peri- stome, this is thin, sinuate above; columellar margin oblique, reflected near the umbilicus. Size: maj. diam. 8-2, min. 7°0, alt. axis 4 mm. This shell was marked Durgella levicula by Mr. Ponsonby. It is not of that species, which has a very thin and glassy shell, is much more globose and with higher spire. I put it only provisionally in the present genus. The distinct umbilication is quite unlike any shell of this type I have seen. It has somewhat the outline of Crypto- soma prestans in miniature, but it is not the young of that species, with which I have compared it. 3. Macrocuuamys? consepta, Bs., small var. This shell agrees exactly in all its characters and size with speci- mens from the Moolé-it range, Tenasserim, described and figured by me in ‘ Land and Freshwater Moll. Ind.’ p. 110, the only difference being in its raddy-brown colour, the more southern form beiug oliva- ceous ochre ; coloration is very variable. 4. HemipLecta? ZIMMAYENSIS, 0. sp. Locality. Zimmé, Siam territory (coll. Godwin- Austen, type). Shell globosely turbinate, well umbilicated, solid ; sculpture wavy broken longitudinal ribbing, crossed by the transverse lines of growth ; colour pale umber-brown, merging into white on the peripbery and underside ; spire subconical, apex blunt ; suture impressed ; whorls 242 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON LAND [Apr. 17, 6, convex ; aperture ovate, oblique ; peristome simple ; columellar margin suboblique, scarcely reflected. Size: maj. diam. 60°5, min. 51°25, alt. axis 29°5, body-whorl 28°0 mm. This fine shell seems to be nearest to H. humphreysiana, Lea. Mr. Theobald writes that the largest in his collection is 65'millim. in major diam. 5. Hewrx (TRACHIA) EMENSUS, 0. sp. Locality. Hlindet, 1200 teet. Shell subdiscoid, widely umbilicated ; sculpture ill-defined irre- gular transverse striation ; colour horny or pale ochraceous ; spire subconoid, apex blunt ; suture shallow ; whorls 7, regular, flat, closely wound, the last descending suddenly, subangulate on periphery ; aperture nearly circular, oblique ; peristome much reflected below, the margins joined by callus on body-whorl. Size: maj. diam. 13°5, min. 11°8, alt. axis 4°8 mm. This species belongs to the widely distributed group in this part of India represented by H. akontongensis, oldhami, &e. This torm is much smaller, and differs sufficiently from all the species I know, that I have considered it worthy of naming. 6. Hexrx (TRACHIA) CLARUS, 0. sp. Locality. Flindet. Shell subdiscoid, openly umbilicated ; sculpture irregular, close transverse striation ; colour white (but both specimens are bleached) ; spire depressedly conical, apex rounded ; suture shallow; whorls 5, flat, subangulate on periphery, the last slightly descending ; aperture oval, very oblique ; peristome thin, slightly reflected. Size: maj. diam. 9°5, min, 8°5, alt. axis 4-0 mm. This species belongs to the Helix hutioni group of shells, but is quite distinct, especially in the shape of the aperture. Only two specimens are in the collection. 7. Hetrx (GENESELLA) HARIOLA, Bs. Localities. Khagan on Irrawaddy, and Hlindet, 1200 feet. There are two specimens in the collection; one is like the type, the other is keeled—var. carinata of W. 'T. Blanford’s collection. 8. Herx (PLANISPIRA) SCULFTURITA, Benson. Locality. Shan Hills. 9. EUPLECTA PINGOUNGENSIS, N. sp. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills. Shell depressedly conoid, umbilicated, subangulate on periphery ; sculpture well-defined and regular curving custulation, disappearing on the periphery, thence smooth to the umbilicus ; colour pale horny ; spire low, apex flat and rounded; suture moderately impressed ; whorls 6, convex, rather closely wound, flatly convex below ; aperture 1888. ] MOLLUSCA FROM BURMAH. 243 oblique, semilunate; peristome strong; columellar margin very oblique. Size: maj. diam. 12°25, min. 11°20, alt. axis 5:0, body-whorl 6°5 mm. This shell belongs to a group common in Arakan &e. (2. pansa, helicifera, ataranensis, mammillaris), but is of a more depressed form and larger in size, smooth below and well sculptured above ; EK. falcata is a large representative of the group in the Khasi Hills. 10. Hexrx ( PLecropyiis) PONSONBYI. Locality. Hlindet, Upper Burmah, 1500 feet. Shell sinistral, widely umbilicated, discoid, solid ; sculpture, wavy thread-like lines of growth; colour pale brown; spire flat, 22 whorls at apex slightly raised above the succeeding whorls ; suture very shallow; whorls 7, closely wound and flat; aperture very oblique, descending, horizontally ovate; peristome thickened, re- flected, the margin connected by a well-developed ridge, and with slight notches at the inner angles. Size: maj. diam. 17°5, min. 14:0, alt. axis 5 mm. Palatal teeth 6, the Ist highest, long, thin, like a knife-edge, the 2nd and 3rd are short and rounded above, the 4th and 5th are united ; the 6th, situated on the lower outer side of the body-whorl, is short, somewhat thickened and rounded on the free edge. The parietal vertical laminze are two in number; the anterior situated about 10 millim. from the inner margin of the peristome. The anterior one is curved, solid, arched above, with two short buttresses above and below on theanterior side. The posterior one is obliquely set, is thin, and of nearly even height throughout. The horizontal parietal lamina is only present as a short and narrow ridge 3 millim. in length, situated just within the aperture, but not connected with the apertural ridge of the peristome ; a thread- like, free, narrow, horizontal lamina, commencing from below the posterior vertical lamina, extends forwards towards the aperture, gradually fining out but not extending to it. To the ordinary observer the shell would ouly possess the one simple short ridge near the peristome, all the other complicated structure being out of view so far back within the aperture. 11. Hexrx (PLectoryuis) perarcta, W. T. Blanford. Locality. Hlindet, 1200 feet. Size: maj. diam. 10:0, min. 8:0, alt. axis 3°5 mm. The type of this species came from near Ava. In this specimen the horizontal lamina is continuous to the aperture, in others it is sometimes undeveloped for a short distance (vide P. Z. S. 1874, pl. Ixxiv. f. 4). 12. STREPTAXIS THEBAWI, 0. sp. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. Shell ovately globose, umbilicated, somewhat solid; sculpture finely costulated throughout; colour white; spire conical, apex 244 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON LAND [Apr. 17, rounded ; suture well defined ; whorls 6, the last two the largest, the penultimate swollen and projecting beyond the body-whorls ; aperture oblique, semi-oval, with one rather long parietal lamella fining out inwards and backwards ; peristome white, sinuate above, somewhat thickened, regular throughout, the two margins united by a callus; columellar margin oblique. Size: maj. diam. 10°0, min. 7°0, alt. axis 6-5 mm. Compared with the Burmese species hitherto known this is nearest to S. birmanica, but is higher in the spire, and the second whorl is more tumid, the lamella is more strongly developed. 13. Pupa SALWINEANA. Pupa salwineana, Theobald, J. A. S. B. 1870, vol. xxxix. pt. 2, p- 400; figd. Conch. Ind. pl. ec. f. 9. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. Size: maj. diam. 2°50, alt. axis 5-50 mm. This is a very beautiful little shell. The only perfect specimen is bleached, but a smaller imperfect one shows that it is coyered with a brown epidermis. 14. CuausttiaA (PSEUDONENIA) SHANICA, 0. sp. “ Testa breviter rimata, fusiformi-clavata, carneo-grisea solidula ; spira concavo-turrita, valde elongata ; apex minutus, acutisstmus. Anfr 134, lentissime acerescentes, convexusculi, sutura impressa disjuncti, subtiliter striati, ultimus penultimo parum major, subtus leviter attenuatus, cervice rotundatus. Apert. parva, obliqua, late piriformis; perist. continuum, hreviter solutum, expansiusculum. Lamelle modice, compress , approximate ; supera marginalis, parum alta, intus humillima, cum spirali ut videtur continua ; infera sublimis, subhorizontaliter in -diam aperturam prosiliens, antice in denticulum desinens, a basi ntuenti valde spiraliter torta ; subcolumellaris subemersa, oblique intuenti distinctissima. Plica principalis profunda, lateralis, in apertura antice viz conspicua; palatales 2, altera supera, principali approximata et parallela, altera infera cum clausilio perspicuo lunellam lateralem, magis minusve distinctam, fingente.” Alt. 193, diam. 4 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 2? mm. Hab. Shan Hills, near Pingoung, Burma, at a height of about 2500 feet. (Boettger.) This description is somewhat amended by Mr. Ponsonby from one by Dr. Boettger, who considered it to be allied to C. affnis of the Naga Hills. On comparison it proves to be very different in every way. 15. CyCLOPHORUS CRASSALABELLA, N. sp. Locelity. Shan Hills. Shell similar in form to C. fulguratus, rather openly umbilicated ; coloration, a distinct narrow dark brown band on the periphery, sharply defined above, giving off below a regular series of zigzag markings, like a fringe hanging from it ; the whorls above are orna- 18838. | MOLLUSCA FROM BURMAH. 245 mented with similar zigzag bands at equal intervals, but which do not extend to the peripheral band ; spire conical, apex fine ; whorls 5 ; aperture subvertical ; peristome of a pale yellowish tint, very much thickened to the extent of 4°5 millim. Size: maj. diam. 41°5, min. 32:0, alt. axis 18°5 mm. 16. CycLorHorvs, sp. inc. Locality. Shan Hills. Size: maj. diam. 31°0, min. 25°5, alt. axis 15-0 mm. In form this shell is nearest to C. excellens, Pfr., from Moulmein, particularly as regards the umbilicus and height of spire ; its mark- ings differ, and the size is much smaller. I hesitate to name this single specimen ; a series of examples in fresh condition is required for these shells, so variable in colour. 17. PreROCYCLOS ALBERSI. Locality. Hlindet, 1200 feet. 18. Atycazus (Dior¥x) URNULA, var. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. The only difference between this and the Assamese form is the greater length of the sutural tube in the Burmese shell. 19. ALCHUS SPRATTI, n. sp. Locality. Ping wg, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. Shell pyramidal, closely umbilicated ; sculpture very fine close costulation, more distant between the sutural tube and the peristome ; colour white, wth pale lemon tinge, or horny; spire high, rapidly decreasing to ayex, which is rather pointed ; suture well impressed ; whorls 53, convex, the last swollen, slightly constricted at the sutura’ tube, which is very short and thick, less than one millini. in length; the whorl swells again to the aperture, this is circular, oblique; peristome double, slightly reflected ; operculum not seen. This species is quite new ; it might be at first taken for a small variety of A. pyramidalis, Bs., from the Tenasserim valley, but the sutural tube is in that species very thread-like and nearly 3 millim. in length ; the aperture is also very different in form, and not so simple and circular. 20. PALUDOMUS ORNATISSIMA, Bs. Locality. Between Myingyan and Hlindet. 21. MELANIA, sp. ine. A specimen in bad broken condition. 22. AMPULLARIA PALUDINOIDES, Phil., var. Locality. Khyang-nyat. The present example agrees with a specimen in my collection from Pegu. 23. AMPULLARIA OLEA, Reeve. Locality. Shan Hills. Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1888, No. XVIII. 18 246 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SOME f Aor. 17, 5. Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds. By R. Bowpter Suareg, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.—No. 6’. On some Species of the Genus Digenea. [Received April 3, 1888.] When arranging the Muscicapide belonging to the Hume Collec- tion, I laid aside a specimen belonging to the genus Digenea, which appeared to me to be new to science, but which 1 did not like to describe from a single skin. In the Tweeddale Collection, however, I have found another example, and it is so evidently distinct that 1 no longer hesitate to give a name to the species. DiGENEA LEUCOPS, sp. 0. Adult. General colour above light olive-brown, with somewhat of an ashy tinge ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater series some- _what more ruddy brown externally ; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally ruddy olive ; upper tail-coverts rather more reddish brown than the back ; tail-feathers dusky brown, externally reddish brown: crown of head like the back; a white line across the base of the forehead, widening into a large supraloral spot ; feathers about the eye washed with ashy grey; lores ashy, as also the feathers round the eye; ear-coverts and cheeks ashy, washed with olive; throat white, the chin and a broad band on each side of the throat black, continued downwards and forming a collar on the fore neck ; chest and breast pale ashy, with a slight tinge of olive- brown; abdomen white; sides of body and flanks olive-brown ; thighs olive-brown ; under tail-coverts white ; under wing-coverts and axillaries white; quills below dusky brown, white along the inner web: ‘bill slaty brown; feet white, tinged fleshy ; iris bright dark brown” (R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay). Total length 4°3 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°5, tail 1°75, tarsus 0°8. Hab. Shillong (J. Cockburn: mus. A. O. Hume); Karen-nee (R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay: mus. Tweedd.). At the time of writing the fourth volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Birds,’ I had not seen a specimen of Digenea submoniliger of Hume, and I now propose to give a description of this species from the series in the Hume Collection. DIGENEA SUBMONILIGER. Adult. General colour above light olive-brown, a little more ruddy brown on the head; wing-coverts like the back, the greater coverts with a slight tinge of ruddy brown externally; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally olive-brown, with a very slight ruddy tinge; upper tail-coverts rufous; tail- feathers dark brown, externally rufous; base of forehead, lores, eyebrow, and feathers round eye clear tawny buff; ear-coverts and ' See P. Z. S. 1887, p. 470. 1858. | SPECIES OF THE GENUS DIGENEA. 247 cheeks olive-brown, washed with tawny buff, especially on the fore part of the latter ; throat entirely white, the sides of it brown like the cheeks ; the whole throat encircled by a narrow line of black, very indistinct on the sides of the throat, a little plainer on the fore neck ; breast light olive-brown, as also the sides of body, flanks, and thighs; lower breast and abdomen white; under tail-coverts white ; under wing-coverts white ; axillaries olive-brown, edged with white ; quills below dusky brown, ashy or buffy whitish along the inner edge. Total length 4°7 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°45, tail 1-6, tarsus 0°75. I may at the same time take the opportunity of describing a second new species from Perak :— DIGENEA MALAYANA, Sp. 0. Adult male. Similar to D. moniliger in the rufous appearance of the wing, and deep olive-brown on the back like that species. It differs from it in having rufous cheeks and ear-coverts, and in the forehead, lores, and eyebrow being deep orange-rufous, almost chest- nut in tint. Total length 4-5 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°65, tail 1°85, tarsus 0°75. Ha6é. Mountains of Larut, Perak. From Digenea submoniliger this species differs not only in the reddish colour of the wings, but in the rufous on the head and the orange of the lores and eyebrow. The following is a revised ‘ Key to the species” of Digenea (cf. Cat. B. iv. p. 458) :— a. Olive-brown above; breast and sides of body olive-brown. a'. Base of forehead tawny buff or rufescent. a". Outer aspect of quills rufescent. a'". Kar-coverts ashy olive-brown; eyebrow tawny buff... moniliger. 6", Har-coverts rufous brown ; eyebrow and lores orange- PUTOUR fe creche seve ay sies aceeeets fo acta ose. tedeedesetodees nes malayana. 5". Outer aspect of quills olive-brown, scarcely different from the back; lores and eyebrow tawny buff; ear-coverts brown, with a ruddy tin Pe)... 0ceneceesetcUssescssdaveron see submoniliger, b'. Base of forehead and lores white ...............-ecseceecseceecees albifrons. b. Rufous-brown above and also on the breast and sides of body ; eyebrow and lores deep chestnut ; sides of face also chestnut. solitaria. The very peculiar coloration of these birds and their constant black necklace on the throat makes me doubt whether they should be united to Digenea, in which the mode of colour is so different. They might, perhaps, be fairly separated as Anthipes, in which case they would have to be called A. moniliger, A. malayana, A. sub- moniliger, A. albifrons, and A. solitaria. Thee ae |. wate c > | gl FY coq totale ht eet rise nee ae life ‘iP ‘ ies aka lt vahe abipia wail ga. Caradoc sid te yaidw. ‘terran ded aban pena sriihes | wad —— tetiie ve bigihee covets BVP SE soieA , 4 : e pinnryes. oy) a y Mak.2 b KYM ALP t +deyire wae py x % an dink een ie > ating mesa t Aes at Z , > 7 fin gilda oa witb, Deitid, wsciran: pak, dat ‘ mm; Morte’. rare). a 2 it 1 ,AVASYTA . a et aoe at actin CY of -urlight at Ve Stith aitinkserile ‘ josh ee ' iy hapa ee ai bi 7 1 coda ™iGe eo oS t are, igure) Vaos 4p. PUs e : ay, | he Eure Artie sna feng Bhoekd nies ade ¥ wes teh da 2b. iv : shh » fated Rt om Sth: (FX MG) “ii od peels? Hin eee oa i‘ : Jim, “4 ir 7 he ae yee ait: jy vy manthgr, we ve dag woh lage * ; r hab ein} hs aati hi at on Jag wig Wile BARE 4G] 7 4 abe yaa SR weRhat . . 1 ; ‘ Phas dak salen: comtet as a Leh Raa Ai lb-whieey i 4 wm 04%) me i ale? a) . . : “a = ae, } < : < + : 1s eet g : , ‘ ; ‘e yoke 1a CM gakaege odd oF yaa faenat aistga ) bred be ees are icy rr rend dle his Cy -taratt owter dt dehy i v ture gp ho pale boe avate-avawt M, hak ; pian The “a idee ‘& G8 4 a ipa i ee EL ee) ri ny iru Tall), Wane ae ate ie Ghoks oE “Tee Web Gara ‘ ; " * Tat yt re bite x! ay ait bs la nerhaeto®: telooeed blero che vhs evsdaaror tdiub, ein kel een” 3a yeh, sult Ut eee Servi ilil> 459 re rags} ag. ohne at. (onks\ at Hh a vig Hy pian, Sati, BF, aikiny, £4 Thais ye, (hial yi bah An ym ot Grp’) ie Aare ore belted. iid a ts ah. ai Jair pete ie ay bangs "Mepis pit grg ron} i“ fidicy) a ott. ‘ye Aes \ La ao et ioe fe s vas Fat ~s are anes i S¢ty hires) 1888. ] MOLLUSCA FROM BURMAB. 245 mented with similar zigzag bands at equal intervals, but which do not extend to the peripheral band ; spire conical, apex fine ; whorls 5 ; aperture subvertical ; peristome of a pale yellowish tint, very much thickened to the extent of 4°5 millim. Size: maj. diam. 41°5, min. 32:0, alt. axis 18°5 mm. 16, CycLoPHoRvs, sp. ine. Locality. Shan Hills. Size: maj. diam. 31:0, min. 25°5, alt. axis 15-0 mm. In form this shell is nearest to C. excellens, Pfr., from Moulmein, particularly as regards the umbilicus and height of spire; its mark- ings differ, and the size is much smaller. I hesitate to name this single specimen; a series of examples in fresh condition is required for these shells, so variable in colour. 17. PreRocyCLos ALBERSI. Locality. Hlindet, 1200 feet. 18. Atyczus (Dioryx) tURNULA, var. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. The only difference between this and the Assamese form is the greater length of the sutural tube in the Burmese shell. 19. ALCHUS SPRATTI, n. sp. Locality. Pingoung, Shan Hills, 2500 feet. Shell pyramidal, closely umbilicated ; sculpture very fine close costulation, more distant between the sutural tube and the peristome ; colour white, with pale lemon tinge, or horny; spire high, rapidly decreasing to apex, which is rather pointed ; ; suture well impressed ; whorls 5, convex, the last swollen, slightly constricted at the sutural tube, ta is very short and thick, less than one millim. in length; the whorl swells again to the aperture, this is circular, oblique; peristome double, slightly reflected ; operculum not seen. This species is quite new ; it might be at first taken for a small variety of A. pyramidalis, Bs. A fou the Tenasserim valley, but the sutural tube is in that species very thread-like and nearly 3 millim, in length ; the aperture is also very different in form, and not so simple and circular. 20. PALUDOMUS ORNATISSIMA, Bs. Locality. Between Myingyan and Hlindet. 21. MeLania, sp. inc. A specimen in bad broken condition. 22. AMPULLARIA PALUDINOIDEs, Phil., var. Locality. Khyang-nyat. The present example agrees with a specimen in my collection from Pegu. 23. AMPULLARIA OLEA, Reeve. Locality. Shan Hills. Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1888, No. x Ss as: 18 246 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SOME [Apr. 17, 5. Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds. By R. Bowpter Suarez, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.—No. 6°. On some Species of the Genus Digenea. [Received April 3, 1888.] When arranging the Muscicapide belonging to the Hume Collec- tion, I laid aside a specimen belonging to the genus Digenea, which appeared to me to be new to science, but which 1 did not like to describe from a single skin. In the Tweeddale Collection, however, I have found another example, and it is so evidently distinct that 1 no longer hesitate to give a name to the species. DiGENKEA LEUCOPS, sp. n. Adult. General colour above light olive-brown, with somewhat of an ashy tinge ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater series some- what more ruddy brown externally ; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally ruddy olive ; upper tail-coverts rather more reddish brown than the back ; tail-feathers dusky brown, externally reddish brown; crown of head like the back; a white line across the base of the forehead, widening into a large supraloral spot ; feathers about the eye washed with ashy grey ; lores ashy, as also the feathers round the eye; ear-coverts and cheeks ashy, washed with olive; throat white, the chin and a broad band on each side of the throat black, continued downwards and forming a collar on the fore neck ; chest and breast pale ashy, with a slight tinge of olive- brown; abdomen white; sides of body and flanks olive-brown ; thighs olive-brown ; under tail-coverts white ; under wing-coverts and axillaries white; quills below dusky brown, white along the inner web: ‘bill slaty brown; feet white, tinged fleshy ; iris bright dark brown” (R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay). Total length 4:3 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°5, tail 1°75, tarsus 0°8. Hab. Shillong (J. Cockburn: mus. A. O. Hume); Karen-nee (R. G. Wardlaw-Ramsay: mus. Tweedd.). At the time of writing the fourth volume of the ‘Catalogue of Birds,’ I had not seen a specimen of Digenea submoniliger of Hume, and I now propose to give a description of this species from the series in the Hume Collection. DIGENEA SUBMONILIGER. Adult. General colour above light olive-brown, a little more ruddy brown on the head ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater coverts with a slight tinge of ruddy brown externally; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally olive-brown, with a very slight ruddy tinge; upper tail-coverts rufous; tail- feathers dark brown, externally rufous; base of forehead, lores, eyebrow, and feathers round eye clear tawny buff; ear-coverts and * See P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 470. 1888. ] SPECIES OF THE GENUS DIGENEA. 247 cheeks olive-brown, washed with tawny buff, especially on the fore part of the latter ; throat entirely white, the sides of it brown like the cheeks ; the whole throat encircled by a narrow line of black, very indistinct on the sides of the throat, a little plainer on the fore neck ; breast light olive-brown, as also the sides of body, flanks, and thighs; lower breast and abdomen white; under tail-coverts white ; under wing-coverts white ; axillaries olive-brown, edged with white ; quills below dusky brown, ashy or buffy whitish along the inner edge. Total length 4*7 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°45, tail 1-6, tarsus 0°75. I may at the same time take the opportunity of describing a second new species from Perak :— DIGENEA MALAYANA, sp. n. Adult male. Similar to D. moniliger in the rufous appearance of the wing, and deep olive-brown on the back like that species. It differs from it in having rufous cheeks and ear-coverts, and in the forehead, lores, and eyebrow being deep orange-rufous, almost chest- nut in tint. Total length 4-5 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°65, tail 1°85, tarsus 0°75. Hat. Mountains of Larut, Perak. From Digenea submoniliger this species differs not only in the reddish colour of the wings, but in the rufous on the head and the orange of the lores and eyebrow. The following is a revised “ Key to the species” of Digenea (cf. Cat. B. iv. p. 458) :— a. Olive-brown above; breast and sides of body olive-brown. a'. Base of forehead tawny buff or rufescent. a''. Outer aspect of quills rufescent. a'"'. Ear-coverts ashy olive-brown; eyebrow tawny buff... moniliger. 6". Har-coverts rufous brown ; eyebrow and lores orange- PULOUBUE PL LI aths niddse POSE Rese 2kE Sis tees dee dieecs Sod oedesas malayand. 6". Outer aspect of quills olive-brown, scarcely different from the back; lores and eyebrow tawny buff; ear-coverts brown, with a ruddy tinge’ ..........ccceres--ss-re-scdeccscvans submoniliger. b'. Base of forehead and lores white ...............cecseceeceeeesseee albifrons. 6, Rufous-brown above and also on the breast and sides of body ; eyebrow and lores deep chestnut ; sides of face also chestnut. solitaria. The very peculiar coloration of these birds and their constant black necklace on the throat makes me doubt whether they should be united to Digenea, in which the mode of colour is so different. They might, perhaps, be fairly separated as Anthipes, in which case they would have to be called A. moniliger, A. malayana, A, sub- moniliger, A. albifrons, and A. solitaria. 18* 248 MR. C. M. WOODFORD ON THE [May l, May 1, 1888. Professor Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Col. Irby, F.Z.S., exhibited, on behalf of Lord Lilford, a specimen ~ of Aquila rapax from Southern Spain, being, as he believed, the first positively authentic specimen of this species of Eagle obtained within the limits of the Peninsula. Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks on a specimen of a Japanese Domestic Cock, with enormously elon- gated tail-coverts, the longest of which measured nine feet in length. The specimen had been presented to the British Museum by Mr. F. D. Parker. The following papers were read :— 1. General Remarks on the Zoology of the Solomon Islands, and Notes on Brenchley’s Megapode. By C. M. Woop- rorD, F.Z.8. [Received April 30, 1888.] The Solomons are a group of large islands situated about 500 miles east of New Guinea, and are included by Wallace in his Austro- Malayan subdivision of the Australian Region. Zoologically they are most interesting, as they form the extreme eastern limit of the extension of Marsupials. As might be expected, the group is not particularly rich in Mam- mals ; but several species of frugivorous and insectivorous Bats occur. Many of these are peculiar to the group, my own collections having added three new genera and five species to the list, besides three new species of M/us. Marsupials are represented by one, and perhaps two, species of Cuscus, Cuscus orientalis being common. I was once told by a native, who had been to Queensland, and who consequently should have known Wallabies when he saw one, that Wallabies are to be found in the mountains of Guadalcanar ; but I am inclined to doubt the information, and my offer of a very large amount of ‘“‘trade’’ for the whole or any part of a Wallaby from that island met with no response. The Birds of the Solomons are extremely interesting. Several species of fruit-eating Pigeons and of the smaller Péilopus occur commonly. The wide-ranging Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobaricus) is frequently met with, and is not afraid to venture considerable distances from land. On my last visit to the group one flew on board and settled for some seconds, when we were distant forty miles to the westward of Renual Island—an outlying island that can = 1888. ] ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 249 be hardly said to belong to the Solomon group at all. I have noticed, especially on the island of Malayta, that the Pigeons leave the mainland of the large islands and resort at night in thousands to roost on the small detached islands off the coast. I can only account for this fact by the supposition that they find themselves free from the attacks of the large Monitor Lizards, which would not be so plentiful there as on the mainland. Among Parrots the wide-ranging Helectus polychloros is common, and several Lories, the handsome Lorius cardinalis not being found elsewhere, while the minute Nasiterna of two or three species is occasionally met with. These most interesting little birds creep about on the trunks of the large trees like tree-creepers, their tails being furnished with pointed feathers for the purpose. It is an extremely interesting fact that the Cockatoo peculiar to the Solomons (Cacatua ducorpsi) does not extend to the island of San Christoval and smaller islands adjacent ; and the same is the case with the Horn- bill (Buceros plicatus), the island of Guadaleanar being consequently the most eastern limit of the extension of these two genera. At a certain time of the year, when the bright red flowers of the coral-tree (Hrythrina) are conspicuous among the bright green foliage of the forest, the Lories resort to them in large numbers, and the natives spreading fine nets near the trees catch them in consider- able quantities. I have had as many as fifty of different species brought me in one day, the neck being invariably broken by their struggles in the net. On Guadalcanar I was fortunate enough to discover a new Crow (Macrocorax woodfordi), but I believe it to be extremely local, and confined to a part only of that island. I did not meet with it or hear of it at other places that I visited, nor have other collectors met with it. At Aola, on Guadalcanar, where I made my headquarters for six months, it was extremely plentiful. One of the most interesting birds I met with was the Mega- podius brenchleyi—a bird allied to the mound-building Talegalla of Australia. This species was first described from a fresh-hatched specimen brought home by the late Julius Brenchley, and figured in his ‘ Voyage of the Curacoa.’ This bird, although only about the size of a large pigeon, lays an egg bigger than that of a duck. It is commonly distributed throughout the group, and allied species are, I believe, found on the groups to the east and south-east ; but it is upon the island of Savo that it is found in the greatest abundance. Here the eggs form an important item in the daily food-supply of the natives, and I have bought, when calling there, as many as ten eges for one stick of tobacco, value about three farthings. The Savo natives have a curious legend connected with this bird. They hold the Shark in great veneration, and say that their island was made by the Shark, who brought the stones together and placed upon them aman, a woman, the yam-plant, and the Megapode. Things went well for a time, and the people increased, and so did the Megapodes. At last the people went to the Shark and complained that the Mega- podes made much havoc among the yam-patches by digging holes 250 ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. [May l, to lay their eggs; so they asked the Shark to take the Megapodes away. This was done; but now the natives missed the Megapodes’ eggs, so they asked the Shark to bring the Megapodes back but to confine them to one spot. This request was also complied with, and the result may now be seen. The Megapodes lay their eggs on two large cleared sandy spaces, and nowhere else on the island. Upon these no weeds or grass can grow, as the sand is constantly being turned over by the birds when digging holes to lay their eggs, and by the natives when in search of them. The sandy spaces are fenced off into plots which belong to different owners. I met with one of these Megapodes’ laying-yards at Aola, on Gua- daleanar, and was fortunate enough to be able to photograph it. The first photograph gives a general view of the yard, which was nearly half a mile in length and about fifty yards wide, with the fences dividing it off for different owners. The second photograph shows a closer view of a portion of the yard, with the holes scraped in the sand by the birds. All over the yard may be noticed the tracks of the tails of the large Monitors, as though a stick had been drawn along the sand. I expect they take a pretty severe toll of the eggs. The eggs, which are buried from a foot to two feet in the warm sand, receive no further care from the birds, but the young shift for themselves from the time of hatching, and can fly at once, or very soon after leaving the egg. The natives are quite indifferent as to _the condition of the eggs when they eat them—whether they are vewly laid or well advanced towards hatching being all the same to them. From experience I can say that they are excellent food. The laying-yards are always made where the soil is loose and sandy, the birds require no other inducement. An open space being of course essential to allow the rays of the sun to warm the ground, it would evidently be quite useless for the birds to lay in the thick forest, or under the shade of trees. It is easy to imagine that before the natives constructed and cleared these laying-yards for the birds, they would be likely to lay in the yam-patches and garden clearings, and where they were plentiful would prove a serious inconvenience, as alleged in the Savo legend. The birds do not build a mound, but, as will be seen from the second photograph, make a hole from a foot to two feet deep. The sand afterwards falls in and covers the egg. ‘The ground is con- sequently full of depressions, reminding one forcibly of the pitfalls of the ant-lion on a large scale. Among the Butterflies this group of islands appears to be the limit of range of the genus Ornithoptera, which, curiously enough, as in the case of Cockatoos and Hornbills, does not extend to San Christoval. Two species occur—the somewhat wide-ranging O. du- villiana and the remarkable and local O. victoria. This latter is, so far as I know, confined to the islands of Guadalcanar, Florida, and part of Malayta. SIIVHUONAAL SNAONOH chur soug Vara qQUny YT 12 8p Yuug s9jag 1888.] ON A NEW LAND-TORTOISE FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 251 2. Description of a new Land-Tortoise from South Africa, from a Specimen living in the Society’s Gardens. By G. A. Boutencesr, F.Z.S. [Received April 6, 1888.] (Plate XIV.) The following is a description of a new species of the genus Homopus, three (female) specimens of which have been presented to the Society by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. They were obtained at Cradock. In a letter to the Secretary and in one to me, Mr. Fisk drew attention to differences shown by these specimens as compared to those of the neighbourhood of the Cape. These differences indicate unquestionably a distinct species, which I propose to name Homopvus FEMORALIS, sp. nov. (Plate XIV.) Shell more than twice as long as deep, flat on the vertebral region, posterior margin reverted and serrated. Dorsal shields not swollen, concentrically striated, separated by deep grooves; areole not or but feebly impressed; vertebral shields as broad as or a little narrower than the costals; nuchal small, longer than broad. Plastron and plastral shields as in H. areolatus. A pair of large prefrontal shields, followed by a large frontal; beak feebly hooked ; lower jaw narrower than in H. areolatus. Fore limb anteriorly covered with very large, imbricate, pointed tubercles, one of which, on the inner side near the elbow, is movable at right angles to the others; a very large conical tubercle on the hinder side of the thigh. Pale brown above, each shield narrowly edged with black in front and on the sides; plastral shields yellow, brown anteriorly. Shielded or tuberculate soft parts pale brownish, naked parts orange. Length of shell 13 centim. This Tortoise differs from both H. areolatus and H. signatus in the larger size and the feebly hooked upper jaw: from the former in the serrated posterior margin of the carapace and in the spur-like tubercle on the back of the thigh; and from the latter by the small inguinal shield, which is widely separated from the femoral shield, the presence of large preefrontal and frontal shields, and the absence of the fifth claw in the hand. For my knowledge of the animal of H. signatus, only the shell of which was kuown, I am indebted to Mr. Peringuey, who has recently brought to the British Museum two specimens ubtained by him in Damaraland. Although provided with 5-4 claws, H. signatus must none the less be referred to the genus Homopus, on account of the absence of a median alveolar ridge in the upper jaw. T'estudo horsfieldi, on the other hand, is, in spite of its 4-4 claws, a true Testudo. 252 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 1, 3. Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Birds.—No. II. On the Respiratory Organs in certain Diving Birds. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society. [Received May 1, 1888.] This note is based on the examination of some Puffins (Fratercula arctica) and of examples of two species of Penguins (Eudyptula minor and Spheniscus demersus), all of which have come into my hands for dissection at the Society’s Gardens. The most noticeable peculiarity about the respiratory apparatus of Fratercula, indeed the only one that I observed, concerns the structure of the oblique septum (‘‘ diaphragm thoraco-abdominale,” Sappey) ; the general relations of this fibrous septum, which shuts off the lungs and the ‘ intermediate ’ air-sacs from the abdominal cavity, have been already described in the ‘Proceedings’ of this Society * by Prof. Huxley ; as that description applies perfectly to the three birds treated of in the present note, I merely refer to it. I may mention, however, that the best figure known to me illustrating the general disposition of the thoracic and abdominal viscera of a bird is to be found in Wiedersheim’s ‘ Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Ana- tomie der Wirbelthiere’*. The oblique septum of Fratercula is remark- able for the fact that it is covered for a considerable area with a layer of muscular fibres. This layer of muscular fibres arises (fig. 1, p. 253) from the pubis—from the proximal and larger half of this bone ; it is abundantly furnished with blood-vessels and nerves. The direction of the muscle is oblique; it covers the hinder region of the oblique septum, ending abruptly some little way in front of the posterior attachment of the latter; the oblique septum, as in other birds, arises partly from the pubis, but the posterior limit of its attachment to this bone is considerably further forward than that of the sheet of muscle. This sheet of muscle, besides ending abruptly upon the oblique septum in front, is attached below to the upper surface of the sternum, and to the abdominal parietes along the last sternal rib. On the left side of the body the sheet of muscles is attached to the sternum along a line much closer to the attachment of the umbilical ligament than on the right side. The muscular fibres which make up the sheet of muscle are arranged in a parallel series of comparatively thick bundles with transparent (? fibrous) inter- spaces. ! The presence of this muscular layer is not, however, peculiar to the Puffin. Prof. Huxley, in the paper already quoted, states that in the Duck the oblique septum ‘ contains, on each side, a layer of unstriped muscular fibres.’ Judging from Prof. Huxley’s figure (op. cit. p. 565, fig. 2, m), the layer of muscular fibres in the Duck is by no means so extensive as in the Puffin. Prof. Huxley particularly states that he has been unable to discover any such fibres in Apieryx. 1 P.Z.8. 1882, p. 560. 2 Ste Aufl., Jena, 1886, p. 654. 1888.} VISCERAL ANATOMY OF BIRDS. 253 In the very complete description of the respiratory apparatus of birds which Prof. Wiedersheim gives in his ‘ Lehrbuch der ver- gleichenden Anatomie’ there is no mention of any other bird in which muscular fibres cover the oblique septum ; Prof. Huxley’s statement about the Duck is referred to in a footnote’. I have found that an identica] structure occurs in two species of Penguin, viz. Eudyptula minor and Spheniscus demersus ; in both of these birds the oblique septum is covered posteriorly by a layer of muscular fibres which rise from the pubis and are attached ventrally to the sternum. After referring to the late Prof. Morrison Watson’s elaborate Fig. 1. QS» Dissection of Fratercula arctica, to illustrate disposition of oblique septum. a, oblique septum ; J, coils of intestine; Pb, pubis. and well-illustrated Report upon the Penguins collected by the ‘Challenger’ *, and finding there no mention of this muscular layer, I believed that this particular resemblance between the Puffin and the Penguins would be recorded for the first time in the present paper. Quite recently I have become acquainted with the contents of a short paper *® by M. Filhol, in which he describes this muscular layer in the Penguin, though in another species. The following 1 P. 665, note 2. ? Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. vii. 3 “Sur la constitution du diaphragme des Ludyptes,” Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) t. vi. p. 235. 254 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 1, quotation from his paper will show that he probably refers to a structure identical with that described in the present note (doc. cié. p- 236) :— “Indépendamment de ces deux faisceaux musculaires que lon retrouve avec la méme disposition chez tous les oiseaux, j'ai observé chez les Eudyptes au niveau de l’ongle formé en dehors par le diaphragme thoraco-abdominale et la portion inférieure du diaphragme thoracique, un faisceau musculaire 4 fibres pales et divergentes. Ces fibres sont dirigées suivant le contour qu’affecte en leur point d’existence la cavité abdominale. Elles sont assez courtes et se terminent toutes par un sommet aponeurotique. Je désignerai ce muscle par l’appellation de muscle diaphragmatique transverse.” It appears therefore that the Puffins as well as the Penguins and Ducks are to be distinguished from many other birds by the fact that the oblique septum is partially covered by a layer of muscular fibres. But this layer of muscular fibres is by no means equally developed inallthe three groups cf birds. It is best developed in the Puffin and in the Penguins; it appears to be very feebly developed in the Duck. Prof. Huxley gives no particular description of it in the Duck, but his figure ' shows that the layer of muscular fibres is very limited in extent and does not reach nearly as far as the sternum. It is attached to the dorsal middle line of the body and only covers the oblique septum for a very short way. I have found in the Toucan (Rhamphastos ariel) a perfectly similar patch of muscle occupying an identical position; the muscular fibres in this case also were obviously unstriated. There is another important difference between the muscular layer of the oblique septum in the Duck and that in the Puffin. Zhe fibres are in the Duck (according to Prof. Huxley) and in the Toucan unstriated; in the Puffin they are distinctly striated: I unfortunately neglected to observe whether this was also the case in the Penguins, and Filhol makes no mention of the point. It does not, however, as it appears to me, affect the question of the homology of the muscular layer covering the oblique septum in these three types to learn that the fibres are striate in the one and unstriate in the other. The muscular fibres of the alimentary tract are commonly said to be striated in the Tench, while they are unstriated in other fish. It is unnecessary to insist upon the homology of the muscular layer in the two cases. Mr. C. F. Marshall, in a paper upon the histelogy of muscle *, points out that striation in the fibres of muscle-bundles appears to be associated with greater activity on the part of the muscle. The muscles, for example, of an Echinus are for the most part unstriated ; those muscles which move the valves of the pedicellariz are striated, as was shown by Mr. Geddes and myself, and more recently by Hamann. The pedicellarie are undoubtedly the most actively moving organs of the Zchinus; and the nature of their muscles (striate) supports the views of Mr. Marshall. 1 Loc, cit. p. 565, fig. 2, m. 2 Quart. Journ. Micr, Sci., Aug. 1887. 1888.] VISCERAL ANATOMY OF BIRDS. 255 It is possible then, as it appears to me, that the feebly developed muscular layer which extends for a short way over the dorsal attachment of the oblique septum in the Duck and in the Toucan may be the degenerate rudiment of the powerful muscle which extends over so large a portion of the oblique septum in the Penguin and inthe Puffin. There is nothing, moreover, in the facts, so far as they have been stated, to disprove the truth of the converse to the above, viz. that the powerfully developed muscular layer of the Penguin and the Puffin is a.further development of the feeble musculature of the oblique septum in the Duck. To decide which of these two alternatives is the more probable, it is necessary to go into the question of the nature and homologies of the muscular layer in question. I have at present been unable to discover any bird in which the oblique septum showed characters which would serve to throw any light upon the question. No doubt the structure of the viscera of the extinct Dinosauria would solve the problem at once ; but, failing these, itis clear that the Crocodilia more than any existing group of Reptiles approach birds in their structure. Prof. Huxley has in his paper, so frequently referred to, indicated many striking resemblances between the respiratory organs of Birds and those of Crocodiles. It had already been noted by Sir R. Owen’ and by Dr. Martin? that the abdominal cavity of Crocodiles is remarkable for the great development of special serous sacs enveloping the various viscera, its cavity being thus greatly subdivided. In this arrangement there is a very close similarity to Birds, as Prof. Huxley pointed out. ‘A fibrous expansion extends from the vertebral column over the anterior face of the stomach, the liver, and the dorsal and front aspect of the pericardium, to the sternum and the parietes of the thorax, separating the thoraco-abdominal space into a respiratory and a cardio-abdominal cavity, and representing the oblique septum of the bird”? (Huxley, loc. cit. p. 568). This supposed homologue of the oblique septum in the Crocodile is not, however, simply made up of a layer of fibrous tissue ; Prof. Huxley goes on to say in the same paper and on the same page :—“ A broad, thin muscle arises, on each side, from the anterior margin of the pubis; and its fibres pass forwards, diverging as they go, to be inserted into the ventral face of the posterior part of the pericardium and into the ventral and lateral parts of the fibrous capsule of the stomach, passing between that organ and the adherent posterior face of the liver, and being inserted into the fibrous aponeurosis which covers the anterior surface of the stomach, and represents the oblique septum.’’ If the homologies instituted by Prof. Huxley be allowed, then this muscle is clearly the equivalent of the muscle which I have described in this paper in the Puffin and which M. Filhol has described in the Penguin ; in every case the muscle arises from the pubis and extends as far as the region of the stomach; in the two birds, 1 P,Z.8. 1881, p. 139. 2 P.Z.8. 1835, p. 129. 256 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May I, however, the muscle is attached to the sternum and its fibres are striated (? Penguin); as to the Crocodile, Prof. Huxley does not state whether the muscles are striated or not. Judging from the analogy of other reptiles (Lacertilia), where muscular fibres also extend into the mesenteries’, they are not; but the homology is not, in my opinion, already stated, affected by this question”. The rudimentary muscles which clothe a limited area of the oblique septum in the Duck and Toucan are probably to be derived from the same muscle in the Crocodile, or else they may be directly traceable to a bird ancestor in which the same muscles were present in the same hypertrophied condition that they now are in the Penguin and Puffin. The muscle in question is in fact more highly developed in the Puttin and Penguin than in the Crocodile; but the habits of the birds suggest an explanation not only of the retention of the muscle but also of its great development and the appearance of an attach- ment to the ventral parietes. Both these birds are diving birds, and it seems therefore reasonable to suppose that any organ which would facilitate vigorous inspirations and expirations would be highly advantageous. Now the respiratory movements in birds are largely brought about by the abdominal muscles, which depress the sternum and the parietes, and so drive the air from the air-sacs through the lungs to the exterior. But the sternum in the Puffin &c. is long and the muscular abdominal parietes are therefore shorter than usual. The muscular force available is as a consequence not so great as in many other birds (e.g. the Emu) ; this deficiency is made up for by the muscle covering the oblique septum, and moreover the relations of this muscle are such that it is particularly available for its presumed function. In the first of the present series of ‘‘ Notes upon the Visceral Anatomy of Birds” * I have called attention to the resemblance between the so-called ‘‘ omentum”? of Birds and the “horizontal septum”? of the Crocodile, which is directly continuous with the oblique septa of the same reptile, and is apparently not distinguished from it by Prof. Huxley. It seems to me that the entire fibrous expansion which arises from the vertebral column and extends over the anterior face of the stomach, liver, Sc. in the Crocodile represents both the oblique septa and the omentum in the bird. The middle part of the fibrous expansion in the Crocodile bears the two anterior abdominal veins, or at least they pass between it and the ventral parietes. In the bird there are a number of small veins upon the omentum which join the portal system, and are probably collectively the equivalents of the anterior abdominal system in the Crocodile. This appears to me to be an argument in favour of identifying the median portion of the fibrous expansion in the Crocodile with the omentum of the bird. 1 Rathke, Wiener Sitzungsb. 1852. 2 Prof. G. B. Howes tells me that the muscle in question is composed of lain fibres in the Crocodile. 8 P.Z. 8. 1885, p. 836. 1888. ] VISCERAL ANATOMY OF BIRDS. 257 A difficulty in the way of this comparison is the relation of the omentum to the oblique septa in many birds ; the oblique septa pass from the hinder part of the abdominal cavity arising from, or near, the pubis ; they are attached to the parietes ventrally and dorsally, and completely shut off a triangular segment of the ccelom from that portion of the ccelom which contains the intestines; the omentum comes into contact with the oblique septum and even fuses with it, but it is quite distinct from it, in the direction of its fibres, &c. It Diagrammatic transyerse section through abdominal region of Emu, to illustrate the oblique septum. a, oblique septum ; 4, umbilical ligament. might appear therefore at first sight as if the omentum was a structure peculiar to birds and that the whole of the ‘fibrous expansion” of the Crocodile represented the oblique septa, the only difference being that in the birds the two halves had shrunk away from each other towards the lateral parietes. The relation of the oblique septa to the omentum in the Emu is rather different from that of many birds and enables this difficulty to be surmounted. The oblique septa pass back to the extremity of the abdominal cavity, but posteriorly they are not attached to the ventral parietes ; the oblique septum has thus a free ventral edge for a considerable length ; the omentum is attached to it apparently as in other birds, but on stretching the oblique septum the free edge is seen to be double and really to be produced by an upward fold ; at this point the strong interlacing tendinous fibres of the oblique septum disappear and the membrane passes without any break into the omentum. If this membrane is sufficiently stretched 258 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. [May I, the intestines of the Emu are seen to be covered by a horizontal septum, which resembles that of the Crocodiles except that it does riot arise from the dorsal median line but along two lines placed nearer to the lateral parietes ; the relations of the posterior region of the oblique septum to the omentum are represented diagramma- tically in the accompanying drawing (fig. 2, p. 257). These facts, then, support my contention that the omentum as well as the oblique septa of birds are to be derived from the fibrous expansion which covers over the viscera in the Crocodilia. They also suggest that the oblique septum of birds has been produced by a vertical fold of this fibrous expansion which became attached to the ventral parietes and ultimately lost all traces in most birds (?) of its primitively double nature, and not by a separation of part of it. 4. Observations on the Fishes of India.—Part I. By Francts Day, C.LE., F.Z.8. [Received April 18, 1888. ] During the ten years that have elapsed since the completion of my work upon the ‘ Fishes of India,’ several new piscine forms have been obtained, both from the seas and fresh waters of that part of Asia. Extended observations among specimens preserved in the Museums of Europe have likewise convinced me that some species which I formerly considered to be undescribed have no title to that designation, while several of my new ones have been redescribed as novelties by others. The foregomg reasons would scarcely have in- duced me to recur again to this interesting fish-fauna had it not been that it is proposed to re-issue my work in a more portable size, better suited to the requirements of travellers and collectors. As the subject of the geographical distribution of these fishes will have to be considered, I am obliged to point out not only such forms as I have erroneously described to be new, but likewise to advert to those of other describers which I believe would come under this head. CROMILEPTES ALTIVELIS. Serranus altivelis, Cuv. & Val. ? Serranus striolatus, Playfair, Fish. Zanzibar, p. 11, pl. ui. f. 2. ? Serranus gibbosus, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 654. The figure of Serranus altivelis in Cuv. & Val. ii. pl. xxxv. shows the spines of the dorsal fin increasing in length to the last, which is delineated nearly twice as long as the second. Cantor, in his ‘Malayan Fishes,’ remarked that these spines from the third were of nearly equal length; Bleeker shows them slightly, but gradually augmenting to the last, which is figured as one fifth longer than the third: I have observed them more nearly corresponding with Cantor’s description. The foregoing shows that differences do exist as to the length of these spines, and that a gradual augmentation from the 1888. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. 259 third to the last is not carried out in a similar manner in all speci- mens. The specimen of S. s¢riolatus is stuffed, and the ends of the 3rd, 4th, and 10th dorsal spines are broken; the 3rd and 4th are said to be the longest and one third the length of the head, thus differing from S. altivelis: the last dorsal spine is rather more than half the length of the longest ray G)- The soft portions of the dorsal and anal fins are similar to S. altivelis and S. gibbosus; the pectoral is shorter than in S. gibbosus, which is nearly as long as in S. alfivelis. The specimen of Serranus gibbosus is of very similar form to the foregoing, which may be owing to having been preserved in strong spirit instead of being a skin; its third dorsal spine is nearly as long as the longest ray, but its last spine is broken. ‘The length of its head (from the end of the snout to the end of the opercular spines) is 47 in that of the total length. The colours are between the two others ; its spots are larger in size than in S. striolatus, but having a similar tendency to form about 15 irregular rows along either side of the body. I think the Zanzibar and Muscat fishes are merely separated from one another by their colours, and that their form differs from C. al¢i- velis in the shorter lengths of their dorsal spines. This fish does not appear to extend to the Red Sea; consequently if S. striolatus and S. gibbosus are varieties of S. altivelis, they are found in the extreme limits at which this species extends to the west. Without, therefore, absolutely holding them to be identical, I think that when a larger number of specimens have been obtained they will probably only be ranked as varieties. SERRANUS DIACANTHUS, Cuv. & Val. Epinephelus retouti, Bleeker, Fish. Madagascar, p. 21, pl. xii. f. 1. SERRANUS LATIFASCIATUS, Schlegel. Serranus grammicus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 700. Since my description of this fish was published, I have seen Schlegel’s types in the Leyden Museum, and they undoubtedly belong to this species. SERRANUS MORRHUA, Cuy. & Val. Serranus preopercularis, Boulenger, l. c. p. 654. As I have already given an account of the colours of this fish, I will merely remark that the young have sinuous white bands, but as the fish becomes older it assumes a brown eolour, with narrow black lines, which were the original borders of the white bands. In the Paris Museum is a young specimen having dark spots along the lines which bound the white bands. In Klunzinger’s figure (Fisch. Roth. Meeres., t. i. f. 2), three brown lines radiate from the eye and become four curved ones on the body, the first going to the 8th dorsal spine, the second to the 5th ray, while between these are blotches, spots, or markings of the same colour. The fifth dorsal spine is shown the longest. 260 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. [May 1, In S. preopercularis the colour differs, the lines being more or less broken up into spots; but if the smaller of the two specimens (12 inches in length) is examined, it has the distinct remains of the black lines which edge the bands on the head, as shown in my ‘Fishes of India,’ while the opercular spines are similarly placed to those in S. morrhua. As regards colours, it is by no means unusual that vertical bands in these fishes have a tendency to disappear, and horizontal lines to break up into spots, and even entirely fade away. Grammistes punctatus, Cuyv. & Val. Sent by Dr. Bidie from Madras in 1833. LuTIANUS ARGENTIMACULATUS, Forsk. Mesoprion garretti, Giinther, Fische d. Siidsee, p. 15, t. xiii. f. B. ApoGon ELLIOTI, Day. Apogon arafure, Ginther, ‘ Challenger’ Shore-fishes, 1880, p. 38, pl. xvi. f.C. SYNAGRIS TENIOPTERUS, Cuv. & Val. Synagris notatus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 684. GERRES SETIFER, Ham.- Buch. Gerres altispinis, Giinther, Intr. Study of Fishes, with a figure. PEMPHERIS MALABARICA, Cuv. & Val. Pempheris mangula, Day, Fish. India, p. 175. PEMPHERIS RUSSELLI. Pempheris molucca, Day, Fish. India, p. 175. This species is identical with Russell’s fish, plate xiv., but not with P. mangula, Cuv. & Val., a form figured in Giinther’s Fische d. Siidsee, t. lix. f. B, whereas Klunzinger’s P. mangula differs again from both species. Umprna sinvuata, Day. OUmbrina striata, Boulenger, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 660. TRACHYNOTUS RUSSELLI, Cuv. & Val. Trachynotus coppingeri, Giinther, Fish. Alert Exp. 1881-82, p- 29, pl. i. f. A. PsENnEs JAVANICUS, Cuv. & Val. Psenes guamensis, Giinther, Fische d. Siidsee, ii. p. 145, t. xci. f. 100. PERCIS CYLINDRICA, sp. Nov. Bovin DD. oy2. Po 15. Ve 1/5.) Avlz—18.. C0. Tose i ioe L. tr. 23/9. Length of head 4, of caudal fin 53, height of body 53 in the total 1888. | MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. 261 length. Zyes: diameter 3} in the length of the head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout, and + of a diameter apart. The greatest width of the head equals its length excluding the snout. Cleft of mouth very slightly oblique ; lower jaw a little the longer; the posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the first third of the orbit. The greatest depth of the preorbital equals one third of the diameter of the eye. All the opercles entire ; a well-marked spine on the opercle, and another on the subopercle; no shoulder-spine. Teeth : two enlarged ones on either side above the symphysis of the lower jaw; fine ones on the vomer. Fins: second dorsal spine the longest, equalling three fourths of the diameter of the eye. Pectoral nearly as long as the head. Ventral one fourth longer than the head, reaching the base of the seventh anal ray. Caudal slightly rounded. Colours: reddish brown, with five wide and dark vertical bands, extending from the back to the lower surface, these bands being darkest at their edges and disappearing about the middle of the body, where there are also some dark spots; a brown ocellus at the upper part of the base of the caudal fin, which has some brown spots on it. Numerous brown spots on the snout and upper surface of the head and cheeks, some on the upper edge of the eye, where there are two dark narrow bands. Ventrals white; first dorsal fin nearly black between the spines ; soft dorsal and anal with fine dots between the rays. Hab. Two small specimens from the Andaman Islands. GoBIUS LITTOREUS, Sp. Nov. B. y., D.6/il.. P. 15. V.1/5._A. 10.7 C14, L. 1. 22. Ligtt. Os Length of head 43, of caudal fin 43, height of body 5} in the total length. yes: diameter 3 in the length of the head, 5 a dia- meter from the end of the snout, and placed close together. The greatest width of the head equals 4 of its length, while its height equals its length excluding the snout. Anterior profile of the head somewhat obtuse; cleft of mouth oblique, lower jaw slightly the longer; the posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the first third of the eye. Preopercle spineless, and no warts on the head. Teeth in villiform rows, none enlarged. ins: dorsal spines of moderate strength, the longest nearly half the length of the head ; pectorai as long as the head, some of its rays fine and silk- like; caudal pointed. Scales ctenoid, none on the head; eleven rows between the occiput and front edge of the dorsal fin. Colours: yellowish, with a few dark spots on the body and a dark band from the eye to the snout, also a dark mark on the opercle. Upper half of eye black. Dorsal, anal, and candal fins with a grey outer edging ; ventra!s white. Hab. A small species from Madras. ELEOTRIS MACROLEPIDOTA, Bloch. This fish is not Eleotris hoedtii of Bleeker, as stated in Giinther’s Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1888, No. XIX. 19 262 MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. [May 1, Fische Siidsee,’ ii. p. 185, as the type at Berlin (No. 2155) has D. 7/3, A. zy (the last ray in both being almost double, and there- fore counted as two by Bloch), L. |. 30, L. tr. 13-14, and from 27 to 28 scales between the snout and the first dorsal fin. ELEOTRIs ELLIOTI, sp. nov. Cul nachooli, Tamil. moves Do hl2n Postar Vole Ae kos O. lot Tia fy, tre VG. Length of head 43, of caudal fin 43, height of body 53 in the total length. Hyes high up, diameter 34 in the length of the head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout. Height of head two thirds of its length ; interorbital space narrow. Cleft of mouth somewhat oblique, the maxilla extends posteriorly to beneath the middle of the eye. Teeth rather large, in a single row in the upper jaw, with two small lateral canines, in two or three rows in the centre of the lower jaw, separated from the single lateral row by two large, recurved, canines. ins: dorsal spines thin, flexible, and equal in height to the body below them; second dorsal and anal of similar height and one third lower than the first dorsal. Pectoral nearly as long as the head. Caudal rounded, with its central rays somewhat the longest. Scales: ctenoid in the posterior portion of the body, where they are larger than anteriorly, small on the surface of the head; none on the cheeks. Co/ours: whitish, with fine wide and light-coloured chestnut bands descending from the back, each of which has a black outer edge; another over the nape is without dark edges. Caudal fin brown, with a broad, yellowish, black-bordered vertical band down its centre. A dark horizontal band running along the cheeks below the eye. Dorsal fins light brown, with light outer edges, a large black white-edged blotch on the posterior half of the first dorsal fin, and a second but smaller one at the termination of the second dorsal, which last fin is white at its base. Hab. Madras. A skin from Sir W, Elliot’s collection is 3°2 inches in length, but is in bad condition; a coloured drawing was made from the fish when captured. PETROSCRITES STRIATUS, Sp. NOV. Bevis DO. 40. Polo, Vic oe Ae ose Woone Length of head 43, of caudal fin 62, height of body 6 in the total length. yes: diameter 23 in the length of the head, 7 of a dia- meter from the end of the snout, and the same distance apart. The greatest width of the head equals half its length; the maxilla reaches to beneath the first third of the orbit. Snout somewhat broad and rounded in front, the upper jaw a little the longer. No tentacles on the head. Teeth: an exceedingly large recurved canine on either side of the lower jaw, while about 14 teeth are present between the canines, Fins: dorsal commences midway between the eye and the hind edge of the opercles, and does not extend quite so far as 1888. ] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. 263 the caudal fin; the height of its longest ray equals two thirds of that of the body, and is rather more than those in the anal fin, which latter is not united to the caudal. Colours: with about ten broad vertical bands, extending from the base of the dorsal to the anal fins, separated from one another by a very narrow white line. Dor- sal and anal fins externally black-edged, and the membranes studded with fine brown spots. Caudal light-coloured. Hab. Ceylon. SALARIAS SINDENSIS, sp. nov. B. vi. D. 13/20. P.14. V.2. A. 23. C. 12. Length of head 5, height of body 5 in the total length. yes situated high up near the dorsal profile, diameter } of the length of the head. Body strongly compressed, profile from above the orbit to the end of the snout oblique. The height of the head equals its length excluding the snout. The posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the front edge of the eye. No tentacles or crest on the head. Teeth well developed large posterior canines. ns: dorsal not notched, but highest posteriorly, where the longest rays equal half the height of the body, anal not quite so high as the soft dorsal ; dorsal, anal, and caudal rays unbranched. ‘The dorsal and anal fins not quite connected to the caudal. Colours: olivaceous ; four wide brown bands on the head, the three anterior of which en- circle it ; about twelve vertical bands on the body more or less distinct, but more marked at the base of the dorsal fin. Dorsal fin with a dark mark along its anterior two thirds ; anal black-edged, each ray tipped with pure white. In one there appear to be marks of some el horizontal bands having existed along the front half of the ody. Hab. Three specimens from Kurrachee in Sind. SALARIAS NEILLI, Sp. nov. Bem Veg) 6. 1s, Va Zon al, CoO, Length of head 43, height of body 43 in the total length. yes situated high up, near the dorsal profile, 4 diameters in the length of the head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout, and 3 a diameter apart. Frontal profile very steep, the head as high as it is long, the maxilla reaches to beneath the last third of the eye. A fringed supraorbital tentacle about twice as long as the eye; a small fringed one at the nostril; no crest on the head. Teeth: a very large curved canine posteriorly in the lower jaw, and a smaller curved one in the upper. ins: spinous portion of dorsal fin lower than the rayed part, the notch between the two parts of the fin well marked ; the longest dorsal rays are equal to half the height of the body of the fish; neither the dorsal nor the anal fin are attached to the caudal, which latter is somewhat wedge-shaped, and its rays are branched. Colours: olive, with seven or eight short dark bands descending from the dorsal fin down the first third of the body ; some dark bands radiate from the eye; a large black blotch below hg 264 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF INDIA. [May 1, and somewhat behind the orbit. Two semicircular brown bands across the lower surface of the mandibles. Fins darker than the body. se named this fish after A. Brisbane Neill, Esq., to whom I am under great obligations for the valuable assistance he has given me in my ichthyological publications. Hab. Ten examples from Kurrachee in Sind. SALARIAS BREVIS, Kner, 1868. Salarias leopardus, Day, P.Z.S. 1869, p. 518. ACANTHOCLINUS INDICUS, sp. nov. Be vice Do 21/4, SP. TGs We doe he LO) 14. | oa ee L. Il: 40). L. tr. 14. Length of head 4, of caudal fin 5, height of body 3 in the total length. Zyes: diameter + of the length of the head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout, and ¢ of a diameter apart. Cleft of mouth somewhat oblique, the maxilla reaching posteriorly to beneath the hind third of the orbit. Two strong opercular spines. Teeth in jaws, vomer, and palate. ins: dorsal spines strong, the fin not united to the caudal; pectorals rounded; ventrals long and inserted slightly in front of the base of the pectoral ; caudal rounded. Scales cycloid. Lateral line absent. Colours: brownish black, with a milk-white band commencing on the front end of the dorsal fin, and extending to the snout; a white band over the free portion of the tail; a white spot on the base of the pectoral fin, one on either side of the base of the mandibles, one on the isthmus. The posterior half of the ventral fin, and also a ring round the vent, white, as well as the tip of the caudal fin. Hab. Madras. 6s s1eia.0, ln jn «ppustenee 470 XXIII. Anatomy of Clitellio ...... of PAA ARI O ET r-cnd CCE 485 xy | Supernumerary phalanx and syndesmoses in Amphibia ...... 495 BeMVvie Map of Christmas Islands. j2..vececcsiscs eed sew wesc cess 512 XXVII. Zosterops natalis ........ . bias Wed tiene aes 512 XXVIII.’ New Shells ...........5. BST i le aig AUT RRA RN. 565 _XXIX. ‘New Lepidoptera Heterocera’.., 020... e cu deceeeneecee ence 570 XXX. . ¥oa ; XXXT, + Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea «os. eee ec eee ec ee eee eee 580 _ XXXII. x NOTICE. According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows :— Part J. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist, Il. af is » March and April, on August Ist. a oes = a s» May and June, on October Ist. e IV. hy = »» November and December, on April Ist. The price is 12s, per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates. Contents (continued). December 4, 1888 (continued). Page 3. Observations upon the Morphology and Genesis of Supernumerary Phalanges, with especial a reference to those of the Amphibia. By G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assist. Prof. of Zoology, Normal School of Science and R. School of Mines, 8. Kensington, and A. M. Davrszs, Assoc. N.S.8, (Plates XXIV. & XXV.)...... Rhy ne pn 3 oes 495 4. On the Natural History of Christmas Island, in the Indian Ocean. By J. J. Lister, Dui Be Fae ets at (LAE rho O02 Eg. 01771 Fe) an ors’ dp > lela eee 512 5. On the Mammals of Christmas Island. By Oxprintp Tuomas, Natural History Museum. 532 6. On the Reptiles of Christmas Island. By G, A. Bovnmncer ....,.........+eseeeeees BOF 7. On the Terrestrial Mollusks of Christmas Island. By Epear A. Surrn, F.Z.S. ........ 536 8. On the Coleoptera of Christmas Island. By C. J. Gamay, M.A. ...........000eeeeee 538 9. On the Lepidoptera of Christmas Island. By A. G. BuTurr .......,...-crep cece eens 542 10. On the Insects (exclusive of Coleoptera and Lepidoptera) of Christmas Island. By W. FP, Kirsy, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum .............. 546 {1. On the Arachnida, Myriopoda, and Land-Crustacea of Christmas Island. By R. I. ‘Pocock; Agsistant.Nat.oist. Maisenm).,% 5 cies © cc os ov'sicles £05 pean see oS December 18, 1888. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in November 1888 .... 564 1, Descriptions of fourteen new Species of Shells from China, Japan, and the Andaman Islands, chiefly collected by Deputy Surgeon-Gen, R. Hungerford. By G. B. Sowzrsy, EEZLS., BIAS. | (Plate ce x VEEi \emmb eens oessceute nausea aa cee ek eee ++ 565 2. List of the Lepidoptera Heterocera, with Descriptions of the new Species, collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford at Aola, Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Islands. By Herperr Drvcez, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., F.Z.8., &e. (Plate XXIX.) ........ Saneor ge Or 2: 570 3. On the Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea,—Part II. Heterocera, Sect. I. By J. H. Lexcn, B.A., F.B.GS., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.ES., &c. (Plates XXX.XXXIT.) ..........00-- 580 4, Remarks on the Numbers and on the Phylogenetic Development of the Remiges of Birds. By Hans Ganow, Ph.D., M.A., F.Z.S., Strickland Curator and Lecturer on the Ad- vanced Morphology of Vertebrata in the University of Cambridge, &c. ........++.. 655 Appendix: List of Additions to the-Society’s Menagerie during the Year 1888...........:1++++ 668 Titlepage, Lists of Contributors and their Articles, of Plates, and of Woodcuts in the Volume. ae oe) tiene fae : ut Sah atbRhearny) ‘ t t <= Cmne ae woe eee 4 \ gees! Habeas tags : its tales sietests